Furuno FS 5070 User Manual To The D4fda90d B542 46d3 89c2 1694d2dcc6c1

User Manual: Furuno FS-5070 to the manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 219

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

OPERATOR'S MANUAL
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

MODEL

FS-1570
FS-2570
FS-5070

www.furuno.co.jp

The paper used in this manual
is elemental chlorine free.

・FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer
9‑52 Ashihara‑cho,
Nishinomiya, 662‑8580, JAPAN
Telephone : +81‑(0)798‑65‑2111
Fax

: +81‑(0)798‑65‑4200

Printed in Japan

A : NOV . 2006
D : JUL . 10, 2009

Pub. No. OME‑56560‑D
(DAMI )

FS‑5070/1570/2570

*00016050113*
*00016050113*
* 0 0 0 1 6 0 5 0 1 1 3 *

IMPORTANT NOTICE
General
• The operator of this equipment must read and follow the descriptions in this manual.
Wrong operation or maintenance can cancel the warranty or cause injury.
• Do not copy any part of this manual without written permission from FURUNO.
• If this manual is lost or worn, contact your dealer about replacement.
• The contents of this manual and equipment specifications can change without notice.
• The example screens (or illustrations) shown in this manual can be different from the
screens you see on your display. The screens you see depend on your system
configuration and equipment settings.
• Save this manual for future reference.
• Any modification of the equipment (including software) by persons not authorized by
FURUNO will cancel the warranty.
• All brand and product names are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of
their respective holders.

How to discard this product
Discard this product according to local regulations for the disposal of industrial waste. For
disposal in the USA, see the homepage of the Electronics Industries Alliance
(http://www.eiae.org/) for the correct method of disposal.

How to discard a used battery
Some FURUNO products have a battery(ies). To see if your product has a battery(ies), see
the chapter on Maintenance. Follow the instructions below if a battery(ies) is used.
In the European Union
The crossed-out trash can symbol indicates that all types of
batteries must not be discarded in standard trash, or at a trash site.
Take the used batteries to a battery collection site according to your
national legislation and the Batteries Directive 2006/66/EU.

In the USA
The Mobius loop symbol (three chasing arrows) indicates that
Ni-Cd and lead-acid rechargeable batteries must be recycled.
Take the used batteries to a battery collection site according to
local laws.

Ni-Cd

In the other countries
There are no international standards for the battery recycle symbol. The number of symbols
can increase when the other countries make their own recycling symbols in the future.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
The user and installer must read the appropriate safety instructions before attempting to install
or operate the equipment.

DANGER

Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.

WARNING

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
may result in minor or moderate injury.

Warning, Caution

Prohibitive Action

DANGER

Mandatory Action

WARNING

Never touch the SSB antenna, antenna
coupler or lead-in insulator when the
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.

Immediately turn off the power at the
switchboard if the equipment is emitting
smoke or fire.

High voltage which will cause death or
serious injury is present at the locations
shown in the illustration below when the
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.

Continued use of the equipment can cause
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO
agent for service.

Antenna Wire
(High Voltage)
Antenna
Coupler

Indoor

Antenna
Wire

Lead-in
Insulator
(High
Voltage)

WARNING
Do not open the equipment.
Only qualified personnel should work
inside the equipment.
Immediately turn off the power at the
switchboard if water leaks into the
equipment or something is dropped
into the equipment.
Continued use of the equipment can cause
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO
agent for service.
Do not disassemble or modify the
equipment.
Fire, electrical shock or serious injury can
result.

Do not place liquid-filled containers on
the top of the equipment.
Fire or electrical shock can result if a liquid
spills into the equipment.

Do not operate the equipment with
wet hands.
Electrical shock can result.
Turn off the power immediately
if you feel the equipment is behaving
abnormally.
Turn off the power at the switchboard if
the equipment becomes abnormally warm
or is emitting odd noises. Contact a
FURUNO dealer or agent for advice.
Make sure no rain or water splash leaks
into the equipment.
Fire or electrical shock can result if water
leaks in the equipment.
Use the proper fuse.
Use of the wrong fuse can cause fire
or electrical shock.

WARNING
Do not operate the [DISTRESS] button
except in case of a life-endangering
situation on your vessel.
Operating the [DISTRESS] button
transmits the distress alert. Accidental
transmission may prevent search and
rescue operations for actual emergency.
If the distress alert is accidentally
transmitted, contact the nearest station
to cancel the alert.

CAUTION
If the distress alert is accidentally
transmitted, contact the nearest coast
station and inform them of the accidental
transmission, providing the following data:
a) Ship's name
b) Ship's call sign and DSC number
c) Position at time of transmission
d) Time of transmission
Do not apply strong pressure to the
LCD, which is made of glass.
Injury can result if the LCD breaks.

WARNING LABEL(S)
Do not remove any safety label.
If a label is missing or damaged, contact a FURUNO agent or dealer about replacement.
DANGER

Hazardous voltage.
Can shock, burn,
or cause death.
Do not touch antenna
wire, insulator and
terminal.

Name: Danger Label
Type: 05-062-0213-0
Code No.: 100-199-230

ANTENNA
COUPLER

WARNING
To avoid electrical shock, do not
remove cover. No user-serviceable
parts inside.

Name: Warning Label (1)
Type: 86-003-1011
Code No.: 100-236-231

TRANSCEIVER
UNIT

iii

DISTRESS ALERT MESSAGE
PROCEDURE
Below is the procedure for transmitting a distress alert via radiotelephone. Transmit the
distress alert when a life-endangering situation occurs on your vessel.
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the DISTRESS button more than four
seconds to show the following display, then release the DISTRESS button.
Distress button
pressed!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000 N

123°45.0000E AT 12:34

2182.0 kHz
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
2187.5kHz
KEEP PRESSED FOR 2S

2. After the distress message has been transmitted, the following displays appear in order.
Wait for distress
acknowledgement.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

AT 12:34

TELEPHONE
2. 4. 6. 8. 12. 16. M
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO: 2M10S RESENDING

Distress acknowledge
message received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

When distress message is
acknowledged by coast
station (usually within
1 min to 2 min 45 seconds)

NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12 34.5678N DIST: 0nm
123 45.6789E AT 12:34
2182.0 kHz

TELEPHONE

3. The audio alarm sounds; press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm.
4. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone as below.
Say MAYDAY three times.
Say “This is …” name of your vessel and your message sign three times.
Give nature of distress and assistance needed.
Give description of your vessel (type, number of persons onboard, etc.) and any other
information which may aid in rescue.

Note: If the distress message is not acknowledged by coast station, it will be transmitted
again after 3 min 30 seconds to 4 min 30 seconds.
For IC-302 (option) operation
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the DISTRESS button more than four
seconds.
2. After the distress message has been transmitted, the length of the beep changes from
short to long.
3. Release the DISTRESS button.
4. Do step 4 shown in the Distress Alert Message Procedure above with the
radiotelephone.

CANCELING DISTRESS ALERT
You can cancel the distress call while
it is being sent or while waiting for its acknowledgement as follows.
1. Press the CANCEL key.
When the following message appears, do the following.
Distress Proc. is
Paused.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:
12 34.5678N
RESUME
RESEND CANCEL
123 45.6789E

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

2187.5 kHz

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose CANCEL at the screen, and then push the ENTER
knob.
Warning:
Distress Cancel Step
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:YES
12 34.5678N
NO
123 45.6789E

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

2187.5 kHz

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and then push the ENTER knob to show the
following screen.
Distress Cancellation Proc.
Select frequency
and push ENTER.

NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:
12 Back
34.5678N
Cancel:
to pause menu.
123 45.6789E

2M-2187.5 kHz
4M-4207.5kHz
6M-6312.0kHz

8M-8414.5kHz
12M-12577.0kHz
16M-16804.5kHz

The cancellation message is transmitted over the same frequency used to transmit the
distress call.
Now Transmitting Distress
Cancellation Message
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

2M-2187.5 kHz
4M-4207.5kHz
6M-6312.0kHz

8M-8414.5kHz
12M-12577.0kHz
16M-16804.5kHz

CANCELLING DISTRESS ALERT

4. Communicate, via radiotelephone, with the coast station.
Send cancel msg. by voice
on 2182.0 kHz.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:
Push12
any34.5678N
key: Go next step.
123 45.6789E

*2M-2187.5 kHz
4M-4207.5kHz
6M-6312.0kHz

8M-8414.5kHz
12M-12577.0kHz
16M-16804.5kHz

Asterisk marks the frequency over which
the cancellation call was transmitted..

5. Press any key.
If you used other frequencies to send the distress call, cancel distress call on those
frequencies by repeating steps 3 to 5.
When all cancellation is completed, the RT display appears.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD ...................................................................................................... xii
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS ........................................................................... xiv
1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW......................................................................... 1-1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9

Controls ..................................................................................................................... 1-1
Turning the Power On/Off .......................................................................................... 1-2
Radiotelephone (RT) Screen ..................................................................................... 1-2
DSC Standby Screen................................................................................................. 1-3
Control Unit Dimmer, Contrast ................................................................................... 1-4
Loudspeaker.............................................................................................................. 1-4
Setting Scan Frequencies.......................................................................................... 1-4
Setting for Auto Acknowledgement ............................................................................ 1-5
System Characteristics .............................................................................................. 1-5
1.9.1 Equipment priority ........................................................................................... 1-5
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative........................................................................... 1-5
1.9.3 Controls become operative.............................................................................. 1-5
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency ........................................................... 1-6
1.10 Intercom .................................................................................................................... 1-6

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE ............................................................................. 2-1
2.1 Choosing Class of Emission ...................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Choosing Channel, Frequency .................................................................................. 2-2
2.3 Transmitting............................................................................................................... 2-3
2.3.1 Transmitting procedure.................................................................................... 2-3
2.3.2 Reducing transmitter power............................................................................. 2-4
2.3.3 Condition of the transmitting unit ..................................................................... 2-4
2.4 Receiving................................................................................................................... 2-5
2.4.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment....................................................................... 2-5
2.4.2 S-meter ........................................................................................................... 2-5
2.4.3 Receiving AM broadcasting stations................................................................ 2-6
2.4.4 Squelch function.............................................................................................. 2-6
2.4.5 Noise blanker .................................................................................................. 2-6
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails .................................................................................... 2-7
2.6 User Channels........................................................................................................... 2-8

3. DSC OVERVIEW ........................................................................................... 3-1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4

What is DSC? ............................................................................................................ 3-1
DSC Message ........................................................................................................... 3-1
Audio Alarms ............................................................................................................. 3-3
Interpreting Call Displays ........................................................................................... 3-4
3.4.1 Receive calls ................................................................................................... 3-4

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.4.2 Send calls ....................................................................................................... 3-5

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS ............................................................................ 4-1
4.1 Sending Distress Alert ............................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified . 4-2
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified ....... 4-4
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert.......................................................................................... 4-7
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band................................................................. 4-7
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band ................................................................4-10
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress............................................4-14
4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station ...........................................................4-14
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to area ships ..............................................................4-18
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station............................................................4-21
4.5 Cancelling Distress Call ...........................................................................................4-21

5. RoutINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEIVING ............................................... 5-1
5.1 Individual Call............................................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.1 Sending an individual call................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.2 Receiving an individual call ............................................................................. 5-7
5.2 Group Call................................................................................................................5-12
5.2.1 Sending a group call ......................................................................................5-12
5.2.2 Receiving a group call....................................................................................5-14
5.3 Geographical Area Call ............................................................................................5-15
5.3.1 Sending a geographical area call ...................................................................5-16
5.3.2 Receiving a geographical area call ................................................................5-17
5.4 Neutral Craft Call......................................................................................................5-19
5.4.1 Sending a neutral craft call.............................................................................5-19
5.4.2 Receiving a neutral craft call ..........................................................................5-20
5.5 Medical Transport Call..............................................................................................5-21
5.5.1 Sending a medical transport call ....................................................................5-21
5.5.2 Receiving a medical transport call..................................................................5-23
5.6 Receiving a Polling Request.....................................................................................5-24
5.6.1 Automatic reply ..............................................................................................5-24
5.6.3 Manual reply ..................................................................................................5-25
5.7 Position Call .............................................................................................................5-26
5.7.1 Requesting other ship’s position ....................................................................5-26
5.7.2 Position call: other ship requests your position...............................................5-28
5.8 PSTN Call ................................................................................................................5-30
5.8.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ) .......................5-30
5.8.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ......................5-33
5.8.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(ship disconnects line)....................................................................................5-35
5.8.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(coast station disconnects line) ......................................................................5-36
5.9 Log File ....................................................................................................................5-36
5.9.1 Opening a log file...........................................................................................5-36
5.9.2 Deleting log files ............................................................................................5-37

viii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6. MENU OPERATION ...................................................................................... 6-1
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4

6.5

6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14
6.15
6.16
6.17
6.18

Adjusting Handset Volume......................................................................................... 6-1
Noise Blanker ............................................................................................................ 6-2
Squelch Frequency.................................................................................................... 6-2
User Channels........................................................................................................... 6-2
6.4.1 Registering user channels ............................................................................... 6-2
6.4.2 Deleting user channels.................................................................................... 6-4
Preparing TX Message .............................................................................................. 6-4
6.5.1 Preparing individual calls................................................................................. 6-4
6.5.2 Preparing group calls ...................................................................................... 6-7
6.5.3 Preparing PSTN calls ...................................................................................... 6-9
6.5.4 Preparing test call.......................................................................................... 6-10
6.5.5 Sending prepared messages......................................................................... 6-11
6.5.6 Deleting send message................................................................................. 6-11
6.5.7 Printing List of Send Message Files .............................................................. 6-12
Manual Entry of Position and Time .......................................................................... 6-12
Date and Time Setting ............................................................................................. 6-14
Memory Clear .......................................................................................................... 6-14
Setting Alarms ......................................................................................................... 6-16
Sound Setting .......................................................................................................... 6-17
Setting the AUTO ACK Details ................................................................................. 6-18
Printing Messages ................................................................................................... 6-19
Setting Scan Frequencies........................................................................................ 6-20
Key Assignment....................................................................................................... 6-22
Special Messages.................................................................................................... 6-22
FAX Enable/Disable................................................................................................. 6-23
Speaker Setting in Off Hook..................................................................................... 6-23
Operation Timer Off ................................................................................................. 6-23

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW......................................................................... 7-1
7.1 Turning on the NBDP System .................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Description of Equipment........................................................................................... 7-2
7.2.1 Terminal unit.................................................................................................... 7-2
7.2.2 Keyboard......................................................................................................... 7-3
7.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation................................................................................. 7-4
7.3.1 Menu conventions ........................................................................................... 7-4
7.3.2 Menu overview ................................................................................................ 7-5
7.3.3 Function key description.................................................................................. 7-6

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS................................................................................ 8-1
8.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes................................................................ 8-1
8.1.1 Registering answerback code ......................................................................... 8-1
8.1.2 Registering ID codes ....................................................................................... 8-2
8.2 Station List ................................................................................................................. 8-3
8.2.1 Registering stations......................................................................................... 8-3
8.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations .................................................................................. 8-4
8.3 Timer Programming ................................................................................................... 8-5
8.3.1 Registering timer programs ............................................................................. 8-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs...................................................................... 8-6
8.4 User Channels .......................................................................................................... 8-6
8.4.1 Registering user channels............................................................................... 8-6
8.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels........................................................................ 8-7
8.5 Scan Channel Groups ............................................................................................... 8-7
8.5.1 Registering scan channel groups .................................................................... 8-7
8.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups ............................................................. 8-8

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS ........................................................................... 9-1
9.1 Opening and Closing Files ........................................................................................ 9-1
9.2 Creating Files ............................................................................................................ 9-1
9.3 Saving a File ............................................................................................................. 9-2
9.3.1 Formatting floppy disks ................................................................................... 9-2
9.3.2 Saving a file .................................................................................................... 9-3
9.4 Editing Files............................................................................................................... 9-3
9.4.1 Cutting and pasting text .................................................................................. 9-3
9.4.2 Copying and pasting text................................................................................. 9-4
9.4.3 Select all ......................................................................................................... 9-5
9.4.4 Searching text................................................................................................. 9-5
9.4.5 Replacing text ................................................................................................. 9-6
9.4.6 Goto line ......................................................................................................... 9-6
9.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom .................................................................................... 9-6
9.5 Opening Files ............................................................................................................ 9-7
9.5.1 Opening a file.................................................................................................. 9-7
9.5.2 Switching between files................................................................................... 9-7
9.6 Renaming Files ......................................................................................................... 9-7
9.7 Saving a File Under a New Name ............................................................................. 9-8
9.8 Deleting Files ............................................................................................................ 9-8
9.9 Real Time Printing ..................................................................................................... 9-8
9.10 Printing Files ............................................................................................................. 9-8

10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6

NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING .................................................. 10-1

Manual Calling .........................................................................................................10-1
ARQ Mode Operation...............................................................................................10-3
FEC Mode Operation ...............................................................................................10-5
Choosing Receive Mode ..........................................................................................10-5
Communication Example..........................................................................................10-6
Timer Operation .......................................................................................................10-8
10.6.1 Enabling timer operation ................................................................................10-8
10.6.2 Stopping timer operation ................................................................................10-9
10.7 Scanning ..................................................................................................................10-9
10.8 Communication Buffer ............................................................................................10-10
10.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex................................................................10-10
10.9.1 Automatic telex overview .............................................................................10-10
10.9.2 Preparations ................................................................................................10-11
10.9.3 Commands ..................................................................................................10-12
10.9.4 Store-and-forward method ...........................................................................10-13
10.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile ........................................................................10-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

11.
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7

MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................... 11-1
Radiotelephone Test ................................................................................................ 11-1
Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 11-2
Simple Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 11-3
Error Messages ....................................................................................................... 11-4
Replacement of Fuses............................................................................................. 11-5
Test Call................................................................................................................... 11-6
NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance............................................................................ 11-8
11.7.1 Cleaning the equipment ................................................................................ 11-8
11.7.2 Connectors and earth connection.................................................................. 11-8
11.7.3 Floppy disk drive ........................................................................................... 11-8
11.7.4 Diagnostics ................................................................................................... 11-8

APPENDIX ...................................................................................................... AP-1
Menu Tree ...................................................................................................................... AP-1
NBDP terminal unit (telex) ...................................................................................... AP-2
Frequency Tables............................................................................................................ AP-3
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1) ...................................................................................... AP-17
Parts List....................................................................................................................... AP-22
Parts Location............................................................................................................... AP-26

INDEX............................................................................................................... IN-1
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

FOREWORD
Thank you for purchasing the FS-1570/2570/5070 SSB Radiotelephone. We are confident
you will discover why FURUNO has become synonymous with quality and reliability.
Dedicated in the design and manufacture of marine electronics equipment for 60 years,
FURUNO Electric Company has gained an unrivaled reputation as a world leader in the
industry. This is the result of our technical excellence as well as our worldwide distribution
and service network.
Please carefully read and follow the safety information and operating and maintenance
instructions set forth in this manual before attempting to operate the equipment and conduct
any maintenance. Your unit will perform to the utmost of its ability only if it is operated and
maintained in accordance with the correct procedures.

Features
The FS-1570/2570/5070 is an MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone with a built-in DSC/Watch
Receiver, all contained in a surprisingly compact cabinet. An NBDP (Narrow Band Direct
Printing) Terminal Unit is optionally available.
Data is displayed on a large, easy-to-read backlit LCD. Operation is simplified by the use of
few keys and easy-to-follow menus.
The built-in DSC/watch receiver produces and receives digital selective calls for quick and
efficient establishment of distress, urgency, safety and routine communications with other
ships and coast stations that install any MF/HF DSC facilities.
The main features are
General
Fully meets the following regulations: IMO A.806(19), IMO A.694(17), IMO A. 813(19), MSC
68(68) Annex 3, IEC 61097-3 Annex A, IEC 61162-1 (2000), IEC 60945 (2002),
EN 300 373-1 (2002), ETS 300 067A1(1998), EN 300 338(2004), EN 301 033 (2005),
ITU-R M.493-11, M.541-9, M.476-5, M.491-1, M.492-6, M.625-3, M.1173-3.
Automatic entry of position with manual override
Optional printer can automatically print out DSC and NBDP received messages and test
results.
SSB
•

Receiving voice communication, telex and AM.

•

Facsimile signal receiving

•

Simplified setting of channel and frequency.

xii

FOREWORD

DSC/watch receiver
•

Distress, urgency, safety and routine calling

•

Scanning of DSC frequencies for distress and general calls on MF/HF

•

File editing capability for readiness in case of emergency

•

PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) capability standard

•

Log stores 50 each of latest ordinary, distress and transmitted messages, in separate
memory blocks.

NBDP (with optional NBDP Terminal Unit IB-583)
•

Automatic error-free telex communications and distress message in compliance with
GMDSS requirements

•

LCD monitor and keyboard comply with ITU regulations

•

Pop-up menus for user-friendly operation

•

Memory for 256 operator-customized channels

•

Real time message printing with Printer PP-510

Program Number
FS-1570/2570/5070
PC board

Program No.

Ver. No.

Remarks

MAIN

0550225

Main program

PANEL

0550222

Program for the control display

DSP (DSC)

0550207

MODEM Program for DSC

NBDP

0550208

MODEM Program for NBDP

Terminal Unit IB-581 (optional unit, for FS-1570/2570 only)
PC Board
Program No.
Ver. No
TERMINAL
0550210
1.22
Terminal Unit IB-583 (optional unit)

Remarks

Program
TERMINAL

Remarks

Program No.
0550209

Ver. No
1.22

About the TFT LCD: The TFT LCD is constructed using the latest LCD techniques, and
displays99.99% of its pixels. The remaining 0.01%of the pixels may drop out or blink,
however this is not an indication of malfunction.

xiii

SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS
FS-1570
Standard configuration is shown with solid line.
DSC DISTRESS
SAFETY FREQUENCY
#
# = 2.6 m PREAMP UNIT
whip
FAX-5
antenna

ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-15

LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q

EPFS (GNSS)

INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC

MIF EQUIPMENT

CONTROL
UNIT
FS-2571C

CONTROLLER 1

HANDSET
HS-2003
PRINTER
PP-510

TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-1570T

NBDP
TERMINAL UNIT
IB-583/IB-581
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC

INTERFACE
IF-8500*

* = Required for NBDP Terminal
and DSC to share printer.

24VDC
BK INTERFACE
BK-300

CONTROLLER 2

CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C

AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-300

24VDC

100-115/200-230VAC
1φ, 50/60Hz

Exposed to weather
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler Exposed to weather
Protected from weather
Other Units

xiv

24VDC

HANDSET
HS-2003

POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01

SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS

FS-2570
Standard configuration is shown with solid line.
DSC DISTRESS
SAFETY FREQUENCY
#
# = 2.6 m
whip
antenna

PREAMP UNIT
FAX-5

EPFS (GNSS)

INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC

MIF EQUIPMENT

DSC ROUTINE
FREQUENCY
#
PREAMP UNIT
FAX-5

ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-1560-25

LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q

W/R BOARD

CONTROL
UNIT
FS-2571C

CONTROLLER 1

PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-2570T

NBDP
TERMINAL UNIT
IB-583/IB-581
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC

BK INTERFACE
BK-300

HANDSET
HS-2003

INTERFACE
IF-8500*

24VDC

* = Required for NBDP Terminal
and DSC to share printer.

DC24V

CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C

CONTROLLER 2

AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-850A

24VDC

HANDSET
HS-2003

POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01

100-115/200-230VAC
1φ, 50/60Hz

Unit
Category
Exposed to weather
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler Exposed to weather
Protected from weather
Other Units

SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS

FS-5070
Standard configuration is shown with solid line.
DSC DISTRESS
SAFETY FREQUENCY

DSC ROUTINE
FREQUENCY

#
#
# = 2.6 m
PREAMP UNIT PREAMP UNIT
whip
FAX-5
FAX-5
antenna

EPFS (GNSS)

INCOMING
INDICATOR
IC-303-DSC

MIF EQUIPMENT

ANTENNA COUPLER
AT-5000

LOUDSPEAKER
SEM-21Q

W/R BOARD

CONTROL
UNIT
FS-2571C

CONTROLLER 1

PRINTER
PP-510
TRANSCEIVER UNIT
FS-5070T

NBDP
TERMINAL UNIT
IB-583
DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
IC-302-DSC

24VDC
BK INTERFACE
BK-300

CONTROLLER 2

24VDC

Unit
Category
Exposed to weather
Preamp Unit
Antenna Coupler Exposed to weather
Protected from weather
Other Units

INTERFACE
IF-8500*

100-115/200-230VAC
1φ, 50/60Hz

24VDC

* = Required for NBDP Terminal
and DSC to share printer.

CONTROL UNIT
FS-2571C

AC/DC POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
PR-850A

xvi

HANDSET
HS-2003

POWER STATUS
MONITOR
PSM-01

OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW

1.1

Controls

Description of controls
Control
PWR/VOL knob
DISTRESS
button
CALL key
ENTER knob

Function
• Turns the power on/off.
• Adjusts volume.
Press and hold down the button more than four (4) seconds to transmit
the distress alert.
Transmits DSC messages.
Rotate to choose menu items; push to register selection.

CANCEL key

•
•
•
•
•

1/ RT/CH key

Switches to the radiotelephone (RT) screen. Press and hold down more
than five (5) seconds to set SSB: 2182.0 kHz/J3E.

2/DSC key
3/TEST key
4/IntCom key
5/ ACK/SQ key

Composes DSC TX message.
Executes daily test and TX self-check.
Turns on/off the intercom with other Control Unit FS-2571C.

6/SCAN key

• Displays DSC screen.
• Starts/stops scanning of DSC routine frequencies, on the DSC standby
screen.

Cancels wrong data.
Restores previous menu.
Silences audio alarm.
Cancels transmission, printing.
Erases error message.

DSC: Switches automatic and manual acknowledge alternately.
Radiotelephone: Turns squelch on and off.

1-1

1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW

key

Turns loudspeaker on/off.
(Note that this key does not silence the distress or urgency alarm.)

8/PRINT key
9/
key
*/FILE/CURSOR
key

Prints communications log files, current screen (except DSC standby
screen and radiotelephone screen) and test results.
Adjusts panel dimmer and LCD contrast.

• Opens the send message file list from the DSC standby screen, to send
stored message.
• Shifts cursor.
0/LOG/TUNE key • Long press: Tunes antenna in radiotelephone operation.
• Momentary press: Displays message logs.
#/SETUP key
Opens the main menu.
ALARM lamp
• Flashes in red for distress and urgency messages.
• Flashes in green for safety and routine messages.
OVEN lamp
Lights (in green) when mains switchboard is on.

1.2

Turning the Power On/Off

Turn the PWR/VOL knob clockwise at the right-hand side of the control unit to power the
system. The RT screen appears.
Rotate the PWR/VOL knob counterclockwise to turn the system off.
In the dual control unit system, the control unit connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port on
the transceiver unit has priority and it controls the power for both the No.1 and No. 2 control
units. The power switch of the No. 2 control unit powers on/off the No. 2 control unit only.
Note: Turn on power at switchboard more than five minutes before turning on this
equipment.

1.3

Radiotelephone (RT) Screen

Turn the power on, or press the 1/ RT/CH key to show the radiotelephone screen. This is
where you set up the transceiver unit, and communicate by voice or telex.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz

SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
IA
MMSI xxxxxxxxx
POS 35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

10.0A
UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

Radiotelephone (RT) screen

1-2

1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW

Indication
CH
Tx

Meaning
Channel
TX frequency (Tx: while transmitting)

RX frequency
Blinks when there are messages not read yet.

DR/DS

DR: Distress received, DS: Distress sent
Speaker on/off

SSB/TLX/AM
SIMP/SDUP/DUP

Class of Emission
Communication mode (SIMP: simplex, SDUP: semi-duplex,
DUP: full-duplex
HIGH/MID/LOW1/LOW2 Output power (LOW2: FS-5070 only, minimum output power)
FAST/SLOW/OFF
Auto gain control (FAST: high-speed, SLOW: low-speed, OFF: no
(AGC)
adjustment)
NB
Noise blanker
SQ
Squelch
SEN
Receiving sensitivity
S
S-meter, displays the strength of received signal.
IA/IC/VC/RF
Transceiver unit status (IA: antenna current, IC: collector current, VC:
collector voltage, RF: PA output)
MMSI
Own ship’s ID (nine digits)
POS
Own ship’s position
EPFS/MAN
Own ship’s position data source
EPFS: GPS navigator
MAN: manual (See section 6.6.)

1.4

DSC Standby Screen

The DSC standby screen may be displayed by pressing the 6/SCAN key. This screen scans
and receives the distress and routine frequencies, and sends the acknowledgement for the
received message automatically.
Acknowledge status
(AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK)
Shown with nine digits.
AUTO ACK
WATCH KEEPING
MMSI xxxxxxxxx
DISTRESS WR1
2187.5
6312.0
4207.5
16804.5
12577.0
8414.5
ROUTINE TRX
2177.0
6331.0
4219.5
8436.5
16903.0
12657.0
35°00.0000N
UTC 00:00
135°00.0000E
MAN 23:59

Maximum six distress and routine
frequencies scanned in clockwise
direction, and frequency currently
being scanned is highlighted.
One cycle is completed in less than
two seconds.

Position and time. "EPFS" shown
when these are input automatically.
TRX: transceiver unit
WR2: The optional antenna for the routine frequency

DSC standby screen

1-3

1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW

1.5

Control Unit Dimmer, Contrast

You can adjust the dimmer and contrast of the control unit.
1. Press the 9/

key to show the dimmer/contrast adjustment window.

DIMMER

(1~8)
6
(40~63)
45

CONTRAST

EXIT:[CANCEL]

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DIMMER or CONTRAST, whichever you want to
adjust, and then push the ENTER knob.
CONTRAST (40-63)

DIMMER (1-8)

6
Dimmer adjustment window

Contrast adjustment window

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to adjust and then push the ENTER knob.
4. To quit, push the CANCEL key.

1.6

Loudspeaker

The alarm beeps (other than distress communication) can be turned on or off.
1. Press the 7/ key to alternately disable or enable the loudspeaker and the alarm
generated for routine messages. SPEAKER ON or SPEAKER OFF appears with each
press.
2. Rotate the PWR/VOL knob to adjust volume of loudspeaker (cw: volume up, ccw:
volume down).

1.7

Setting Scan Frequencies

The DSC screen scans multiple routine frequencies according to operator-set interval. For
how to set frequency to scan, see section 6.13.
Note that voice and telex communication are not available when scanning. (However, they
are available when the system is equipped with the optional watch receiver.)
1. Press the 6/SCAN key to show the DSC screen. Scanning starts.
2. Press the 6/SCAN key again when the desired frequency is chosen to stop the cursor.
You can scan only the frequency chosen by cursor.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to move the cursor.
4. Press the 6/SCAN key to restart the scanning.

1-4

1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW

1.8

Setting for Auto Acknowledgement

Individual, position, polling and test calls can be acknowledged automatically or manually.
Press the 5/ACK/SQ key to switch the acknowledge mode between automatic and manual
alternately. The message AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK appears on the DSC standby screen
with each press of the key.

Note: When own ship’s communication is high priority, set to MANUAL ACK.
The auto acknowledgement is not sent in the following cases:
•

The category of a received message is DISTRESS, URGENCY or SAFETY.

•

The communication mode is NBDP-FEC, NBDP-ARQ or DATA.

•

Com Freq is NO INFO.

•

ECC is NG (No Good).

•

The handset is off hook.

1.9

System Characteristics

1.9.1

Equipment priority

Equipment priority order is as below.
1. Control unit sending distress alert
2. Control unit 1 – routine use
3. Control unit 2 – routine use
4. NBDP

1.9.2

Controls become inoperative

Controls become inoperative in the following conditions:
•

When the other control unit goes OFF HOOK on RT mode in the two control units system.

•

When the other control unit switches to the DSC mode in the two controls system.

•

NBDP is scanning or communicating.

•

Distress alert or distress relay is transmitted.

•

Call other than distress is transmitted (transmission time about 8 sec.) If it becomes
necessary to unlock the keyboard before the message is transmitted, press the CANCEL
key to cancel the call.

1.9.3

Controls become operative

Controls become operative in the following conditions:
•

DISTRESS button is pressed.

•

Control unit having higher priority is operated.

1-5

1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
•

The other control unit in two controls unit system goes ON HOOK.

•

NBDP stops scanning or communicating.

1.9.4

Automatic setting of working frequency

The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency in the following conditions:
•

ABLE ACK is sent in response to individual call.

•

Your ship receives ABLE ACK in response to own ship-initiated individual call.

•

*Your ship receives ABLE ACK with COM. Frequency automatically changes in response to
own ship-initiated individual call.

•

Your ship sends geographical area call.

•

Your ship sends distress relay.

•

Your ship sends distress alert.

•

*Your ship receives group call.

•

*Your ship receives geographic area call.

•

*Your ship receives distress alert.

*: When receiving a call with different frequency from the setting, the following window
appears.
Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down xx sec. Pause

Choose "Pause".

Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down has been paused.

After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen,
the working frequency is changed with the message
shown below.
Choose "Agree".
Accept New
Working Freq
CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW

1.10

Intercom

The built-in intercom permits voice communications between two control units.
1. Off hook the handset at the radiotelephone screen.
2. Press the IntCom key to show INTERCOM on the display. The called party’s control unit
rings.
3. When the called party picks up their handset, start communications.
4. Hang up the handset to turn the intercom off. The indication INTERCOM disappears
from the screen.

1-6

SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

You can use the SSB communication in the RT (radiotelephone) mode. Press the RT/CH
key to show the RT screen.

2.1

Choosing Class of Emission

There are three emission modes, SSB, TLX and AM.
•SSB: Single Sideband
•TLX: Telex (see chapter 7 to 10.)
•AM: AM (You cannot transmit in the AM mode.)
At the radiotelephone screen, choose class of emission as follows:
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to highlight the emission mode (default: SSB) and then push the
ENTER knob. When rotating the ENTER knob clockwise, the cursor moves from “CH” to
downward.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
Emission mode

SSB
SSBSIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
S
SEN
TLX
LA

AGC mode

10.0A

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

POS

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose mode desired and then push the ENTER knob.
AGC is automatically selected according to emission mode.
• SSB : AGC FAST
•TLX: AGC OFF
•AM: AGC SLOW
3. However, you may change it as below.
4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AGC mode and then push the ENTER knob.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
SSB SIMP HIGH FAST
NB SQ
OFF
FAST
FAST
SEN
S
FAST
SLOW
IA

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
POS 35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

10.0A

FAST
UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose OFF, SLOW or FAST as appropriate and then push the
ENTER knob.

2-1

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

2.2

Choosing Channel, Frequency

Choose the channel or transmitting frequency to use for the SSB. This setting can be done
both when the handset is on and off hook.
Note: To set the SSB radiotelephone to 2182 kHz/J3E, press the RT/CH key more than five
seconds.
Choosing channel
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose CH and then push the ENTER knob.
You can show the channel window by pushing also 1/CH key.

CH:
200
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
IA

10.0A

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
POS 35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

2. Channel can be entered directly with the numeric keys, or by using the ENTER knob.
See below for details.
Entering band and band channel with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to
enter band and band channel and then push the ENTER knob.
Choosing band and band channel with the ENTER knob:
After showing the window, use the FILE/CURSOR key to place the cursor in the band or
band channel position, whichever you want to change.

200

Cursor position for
selection of band channel

Cursor position for
selection of band

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to set band (or channel) desired.
2

ITU band
Setting Range
ITU Band:
User Band:
ITU Channel:
User Channel:

01 02-----

029

User band

2/4/6/8/12/16/18/22/25
001-029 (First zero is necessary)
XX01 - XX236 (rendering on band or mode)
XXX01 - XXX99

4. Push the ENTER knob. The Tx and Rx frequencies of the channel entered appear.

2-2

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

Choosing frequency
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose Tx or Rx as appropriate and then push the ENTER
knob.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00
2182.00 kHz
SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
IA

10.0A

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

2. Enter frequency by one of the methods below.
Entering frequency with the numeric keys:
Use the numeric keys to enter frequency and then push the ENTER knob. For example,
to enter 2161 kHz, key in 2, 1, 6, 1, 0. (Keying in 2-1-6-1 will set 216.1 kHz.) Be sure to
include zero for 100 Hz place.
Choosing frequency with the ENTER knob (for RX only):
3. Use the FILE/CURSOR key to choose digit to change.
4. Rotate the ENTER knob to set digit.
5. Push the ENTER knob.
Note: When Tx and Rx frequencies are different, enter Tx and Rx in that order:
Tx: Tx/Rx frequencies
Rx: Rx frequency only

2.3

Transmitting

After selecting class of emission and frequency, you can transmit by pressing the PTT
switch. Tx is shown on the display.

2.3.1

Transmitting procedure

Maximum transmission power is achieved only when the antenna impedance and
transmitter impedance match each other. Because the antenna impedance changes with
frequency, antenna impedance matching with the transmitter impedance is done with the
antenna coupler. The antenna coupler automatically tunes the transmitter to a wide range of
different antenna lengths, from 7 to 18 (FS-1570/2570) or 10 to 18 (FS-5070) meters.
To initiate the automatic tuning, do the following:
1. Press the PTT switch on the handset or the LOG/TUNE key more than one second on
the control unit. Tuning is automatically adjusted at first transmission after frequency is
changed. “TUNING” appears when the LOG/TUNE key is pressed more than one
second; “Tx” pops out when the PTT switch is pressed.
Tuning will be completed within 2 to 5 seconds for a newly selected frequency, or less
than 0.5 seconds for a once-tuned frequency. When the tuning process is successfully

2-3

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

completed, TUNE: OK appears. If tuning fails, TUNE: NG appears.
2. Hold the handset close to your mouth, press the PTT switch and speak clearly.
Note: When tuning is initiated in the two control units system, the display of the idle control
unit shows “OCCUPIED(ANOTHER CONTROLLER).” In this case, only the
DISTRESS button is operative on the idle control unit. Further, if a control unit is in
use when the other control is tuned, the display of the activated control unit shows
“OCCUPIED” plus the reason why cannot use: ANOTHER CONTROLLER or NBDP
to inform you that tuning is not operated.

2.3.2

Reducing transmitter power

To minimize possible interference to other stations, reduce the transmission power. This
should be done when using the transceiver in a harbor, near the shore or close to
communication partner (other ship).
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose HIGH, MID, LOW (1) or LOW2 (shown on FS-5070)
in the equipment states area and then push the ENTER knob.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz

FS-1570 FS-2570 FS-5070
HIGH 150Wpep 250Wpep 500Wpep
MID

SSB SIMP HIGH
HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
MID
IA

10.0A
LOW1

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
00.0000NLOW2
135 00.0000E

POS 35

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

100Wpep 125Wpep 350Wpep

LOW1* 68Wpep 90Wpep

200Wpep

LOW2

110Wpep

*: For FS-1570/2570, "LOW"

(The above figure shows FS-5070.)

(Power: ITU401CH)

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a power as appropriate and then push the ENTER
knob.
Note: Power amplifier temperature is monitored, and when its temperature rises above a
certain temperature output power is automatically reduced. For FS-5070, when the
over current is detected, output power is automatically reduced.

2.3.3

Condition of the transmitting unit

While transmitting, you may display RF (PA output), IA (antenna current), IC (collector
current) or VC (collector voltage), at the lower left-hand side of the radiotelephone screen.
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RF, IA, IC or VC (whichever is displayed) in the
equipment states area, and push the ENTER knob.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
IA
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
IC SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SSB
VCS
SEN
S
IA
RF
10.0A
IA
MMSI xxxxxxxxx
00.0000N
135 00.0000E

POS 35

Equipment states area

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose option desired and then push the ENTER knob.

2-4

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

Checking the transmitting power
During transmission, the IA bar deflects according to the current being fed to the antenna
feeder from the antenna coupler. The unit of readout is amperes. The antenna current
varies with the effective antenna impedance. The reading differs by the frequency and
antenna length. The output power is proportional to the square of an antenna current.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
IA

2.1A

Antenna Current

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
POS 35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

2.4

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

Receiving

Check if the emission mode and receiving frequency are set properly. If necessary, set them
again referring to section 2.1 and 2.2.

2.4.1

RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment

In normal use the sensitivity should be set for maximum. If the audio on the received
channel is unclear or interfered with other signals, adjust (usually reduce) sensitivity to
improve clarity.
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SEN in the equipment states area and then push the
ENTER knob.
SEN

2. Rotate the ENTER to adjust and then push the ENTER knob.

2.4.2

S-meter

The S-meter shows relative signal strength coming into the receiver front end. Note that the
S-meter does not function when the AGC is turned off.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
Equipment states area

SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
IA
MMSI xxxxxxxxx
00.0000N
135 00.0000E

POS 35

10.0A

S-meter

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

2-5

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

2.4.3

Receiving AM broadcasting stations

1. Press the RT key to show the radiotelephone screen.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose emission mode and then push the ENTER knob.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
Emission mode

SSB
SSBSIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
S
SEN
TLX
LA

AGC mode

10.0A

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AM and then push the ENTER knob.
4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose Rx and then push the ENTER knob.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00
2182.00 kHz
SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
IA

10.0A

MMSI xxxxxxxxx
POS 35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

UTC 00:00
EPFS 23:59

5. Key in RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob.

2.4.4

Squelch function

Squelch on/off
The squelch mutes the audio output in the absence of an incoming signal. Press the
ACK/SQ key to turn on and off the squelch alternately. When radio noise is too jarring
during stand-by condition, it may be muted by activating the squelch. “SQ” in the equipment
states area is hatched when the squelch function is active.
Squelch frequency
To adjust the squelch frequency, see section 6.3.

2.4.5

Noise blanker

The noise blanker functions to remove pulse noise. To turn it on or off, see section 6.2.

2-6

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

2.5

When Automatic Tuning Fails

The antenna coupler automatically tunes a wire or whip antenna transceiver. When all
frequencies cannot be tuned, TUNE: OK will not appear on the display. In this case, you can
tune 2182 kHz by manually operating the coupler as shown below.

DANGER
HIGH TENSION HAZARD
DO NOT TRANSMIT WHEN
THE ANTENNA COUPLER
IS OPEN.

1. Turn off the control unit. Remove the cover of the antenna coupler.
2. Set the MANUAL-AUTO switch to the MANUAL position.

COUPLER BOARD

MANUAL

AUTO

3. Replace the cover.
4. Turn on the control unit.
5. Communicate using 2182 kHz.

2-7

2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

2.6

User Channels

The USER CH menu provides for registration of user TX and RX channels, where permitted
by the Authorities. The user channel in the System setup menu must be enabled in order to
register user channels. For further details, contact your dealer. See section 6.4 to register.

NOTICE
FURUNO will assume no responsibility
for the disturbance caused by the
unlawful or improper setting of user
channels.

2-8

DSC OVERVIEW

3.1

What is DSC?

DSC is an acronym meaning Digital Selective Calling. It is a digital distress and general
calling system in the MF and HF bands used by ships for transmitting distress alerts and
general calls and by coast stations for transmitting the associated acknowledgements.
For DSC distress and safety calling in the MF and HF bands, the frequencies are 2187.5,
4207.5, 6312.0, 8414.5, 12577.0, and 16804.5 kHz.
The DSC station sends and receives DSC general and distress calls via the radiotelephone.
Distress Frequency
Routine DSC Call
Routine DSC Calls

Option

3.2

TRANSCEIVER
UNIT

CONTROL UNIT

DSC Message

DSC calls are roughly divided in two groups: distress, urgency and safety messages, and
routine messages. Below are the types of DSC messages.
Call

Description

Distress Alerts

Your ship sends distress message

Distress relay area

Your ship relays distress call to all ships in a specific geographical area

Distress relay coast

Your ship relays distress call to a coast station

Medical Transport

Inform areas that your ship is carrying medical supplies*

Neutral Craft

Inform areas that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict*

Individual

Call to a specific address

PSTN message

Call over Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)

Test message

Send test signal to a station to test your station’s functionality

Group message

Call to a specific group

Area message

Call to all ships in a specific geographical area

Position

Your ship requests position of other ships

Polling message

Confirm if own ship is within communicating range with other ships.
(Receive and answer only)

*Special Message: When sending these messages, set the acknowledgement. See section
6.15.

3-1

3. DSC OVERVIEW

Contents of a DSC call
Calling category
Call category

Call

DISTRESS

Distress Alerts, Distress relay area, Distress relay coast

GENERAL

Individual, PSTN message, Test message, Group message, Area
message, Position, Medical Transport, Nautical Craft, Polling message

Station ID
Own ship ID and sending station ID. Coast station ID begins with 00; Group ID
begins with 0.
Priority
Distress:
Urgency:
Safety:
Routine:

Grave and imminent danger and request immediate assistance.
A calling station has a very urgent call to transmit concerning safety of
ship, aircraft or other vehicle or safety of person.
A station is about to transmit a call containing an important
navigational or meteorological warning.
General calling

Communication type
Telephone: Telephone (J3E) by SSB radiotelephone
NBDP-ARQ: Telex (J2B) mode ARQ via NBDP Terminal Unit
NBDP-FEC: Telex (J2B) mode FEC via NBDP Terminal Unit
DATA:
Data communication by SSB (Routine individual only)
Communication frequency
Working frequency used to call by telephone, NBDP or DATA. The sending station may
have the receiving frequency (ship or coast station) assign the frequency to use.
Position
Position can be automatically or manually sent.
DSC frequency
DSC frequency to use. If the call priority is SAFETY, URGENCY and DISTRESS,
choose a DSC distress frequency.
End code
The end of a DSC call is denoted by RQ (Acknowledgement required), BQ
(Acknowledgement) or EOS (no acknowledgement required).

3-2

3. DSC OVERVIEW

3.3

Audio Alarms

When you receive a distress alert or routine call addressed to your ship, the audio and
visual alarms are released. For the distress or urgency call, the audio alarm sounds until
the CANCEL key is pressed, and sounds for one minute and then automatically goes off
in case of other calls. The tone of the alarm changes with the call received. By becoming
accustomed to the tone, you can know which type of call you or other party have received.
Alarm

Frequency (interval)

Safety call received

150 Hz (1000 ms) and 100 Hz (500 ms)

Routine call received

150 Hz (1000 ms) and 100 Hz (500 ms)

While DISTRESS button is pressed for four s

2000 Hz and 0 Hz (500 ms)

Distress alert sent

2200 Hz, continuous (2 seconds)

Own ship position not updated

2000 Hz (250 ms) and 0 Hz (500 ms)

Distress alert call received

2200 Hz and 1300 Hz (250 ms)

Distress relay call received

2200 Hz and 1300 Hz (250 ms)

Distress relay ack call received

2200 Hz and 1300 Hz (250 ms)

Distress ack call received

2200 Hz (500 ms) and 1300 Hz (500 ms)

Urgency call received

2200 Hz and 0 Hz (250 ms)

Urgency ack call received

2200 Hz and 0 Hz (500 ms)

3-3

3. DSC OVERVIEW

3.4

Interpreting Call Displays

This paragraph provides the information necessary for interpreting receive and send call
displays.

3.4.1

Receive calls

Below are sample distress and individual receive calls. The content of other types of
receive calls is similar to that of the individual call.
Distress receive call
Date and time of message

* Received message *
MAR-11-2006-23:59
DISTRESS ALERT
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.5678N DIST: 5546nm

123°45.6789E AT 12:34
2182.0 kHz 10M10S

TELEPHONE
ANSWER

GO TO VIEW

Push ENTER knob
to switch.

Call type
ID No. of ship in distress
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,
Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disabled,
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard)
Position of ship in distress
Working frequency to use and communication type

View message
DISTRESS COORDINATES:
12°34.5678N
123°45.5678E
AT 12:34
COMMUNICATION MODE: TELEPHONE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED
ERROR-CHECK: OK
DSC FREQ
: 2187.5KHZ
PREV

Distress coordinates (position of ship in distress)
Telecommand (class of emission)
Acknowledge type
Error check (OK or NG)
DSC frequency used to transmit distress call

BACK TO RECEIVED VIEW

Rotate ENTER knob
to switch.

View message

DISTRESS ALERT
SENDER-ID
: 123456789

Format (distress)
ID No. of ship in distress

NATURE OF DISTRESS:
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS

Nature of distress
(problem with ship in distress, see above)

3-4

3. DSC OVERVIEW

Individual receive call

* Received message *

Date and time of message
Message type (or the reason when
the message is not received)
ID No. of sending station
Priority (Routine, Safety, Urgency)
Working frequency to use
Communication type

MAR-11-2006-23:59

INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
SENDER ID: 123456789
PRIORITY: ROUTINE TX: 2222.2 kHz
RX: 2222.2 kHz
TELEPHONE
10M10S

ANSWER

GO TO VIEW

Note: ANSWER is for replying to message.

Push ENTER knob
to switch.

View message
COMM FREQUENCY

TX: 2222.2 kHz
RX: 2222.2 kHz

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED
ERROR-CHECK: OK
DSC FREQUENCY

TX: 2177.0KHZ
RX: 2177.0KHZ

Working frequency to use
Error check (OK or NG)
DSC frequency used

BACK TO RECEIVED VIEW

Rotate ENTER knob to switch.

View message
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
DESTINATION ID
: 111111111
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
SENDER-ID
: 123456789
COMMUNICATION MODE: TELEPHONE
COMM OPTION
: NO INFORMATION

Format (individual)
ID No. of your station
Priority (Routine, Safety, Urgency)
ID No. of sending station
Communication type
Communication option

3.4.2

Send calls

Below are sample distress and individual send calls. The content of other types of send
calls is similar to that of the individual call.
Distress send call
Distress button
pressed!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000N
123°45.0000E AT 12:34

TELEPHONE

2182.0 kHz

DSC FREQ :
2187.5 kHz
KEEP PRESSED FOR
2S

Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,
Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disabled,
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard)
Position of ship in distress (your ship)
Working frequency to use and communication type
DSC frequency to send distress call
Seconds to continue pressing the DISTRESS button
to transmit the distress alert.

3-5

3. DSC OVERVIEW

Individual send call

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE:
STATION ID:
PRIORITY
COMM. MODE
COMM. FREQ
DSC FREQ

INDIVIDUAL
123456789
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: 2078.0kHz
: 2M-INTL

Message type (Individual)
ID No. of station where message is to be sent
Priority (Routine, Safety, Urgency)
Mode of communication (Telephone, NBDP-ARQ, NBDP-FEC, Data)
Working frequency
DSC frequency

GO TO VIEW

Push ENTER knob to switch.

View message
COMM FREQUENCY

TX: 2222.2 kHz
RX: 2222.2kHz
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED
DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2177.0 KHZ
RX: 2177.0 KHZ

Working frequency
Acknowledge type
DSC frequency used

BACK TO COMPOSE VIEW

Rotate ENTER knob to switch.

View message
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
DESTINATION ID
: 123456789
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
SELF-IDENTITY
: 111111111
COMMUNICATION MODE: TELEPHONE
COMM OPTION
: NO INFORMATION

3-6

Message type
ID No. of station where message is to be sent
Priority
ID No. of your station
Communication mode
Communication option

DISTRESS OPERATIONS

Distress operation overview
1. Press the DISTRESS button.
2. Wait for the distress alert acknowledgement.
3. Communicate with the coast station.
(1)
(2)
Own Ship
(3)

(1)

Ship in
Distress

(2)
(3)

Coast
Station

(Own Ship)
(1) Ship in distress sends Distress Alert
(2) Coast station sends distress acknowledgement (DIST ACK).
(3) Voice or telex communications between ship in distress and coast station

For details, see below.

4.1

Sending Distress Alert

GMDSS ships carry a DSC terminal with which to transmit the distress alert in the event of a
life-endangering situation. A coast station receives the distress alert and sends the distress
alert acknowledge call to the ship in distress. Then, voice or telex communications between
the ship in distress and coast station begins. Transmission of the distress alert and
receiving of the distress alert acknowledgement are completely automatic – simply press
the DISTRESS button to initiate the sequence. Note that the distress can also be
transmitted from the Distress Alert Unit IC-302.
There are four types of sending distress alert; MULTI, AUTO, SELECT and 2-16MHz.
MULTI is used normally. When changing to other method, see step 15 on paragraph 4.1.2.

4-1

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

4.1.1

Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of
distress not specified

1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press and hold down the DISTRESS button more
than four seconds. The button flashes in red and the buzzer sounds rapidly. The display
shows the contents of the distress alert call: your ship’s nature of distress, position, time
and the DSC frequency over which the alert has been transmitted.
The number of seconds to continue pressing the DISTRESS button appear at the
bottom of the display. The buzzer sounds continuously and the lamp in the button lights
when the button has been pressed four seconds. You can release the button at that
time.
Distress button
pressed!
Nature of Distress
Position, Time
DSC Frequency
used to transmit the
distress alert

NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000 N

123°45.0000E AT 12:34

2182.0 kHz
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
2187.5kHz
KEEP PRESSED FOR 2S

Displays number of seconds to continue
pressing the DISTRESS button to
transmit the distress alert.

The display changes as below. It takes about 40 to 60 seconds to transmit the distress alert,
and the number of seconds until transmission is completed is shown at the bottom of the
display. At this time the output power
of the radiotelephone is
Distress alert
automatically set to maximum.
message in progress!
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000N

123°45.0000E AT 12:34
2182.0 kHz
2187.5 kHz

TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

38S

Time to go until distress
alert is completely transmitted.

After the distress alert has been sent, the display changes as below and the audio alarm is
stopped. Wait to receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually
takes 1 to 2 min 45 seconds. (The DISTRESS button remains lit until the equipment receives
the distress acknowledge call from a coast station.) When waiting the distress acknowledge,
the timer counts down the number of minutes before next retransmission, from 3.5 to 4.5
minutes, randomly set.

4-2

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

At this time, the equipment cannot receive any calls except the distress alert
acknowledge call. The distress alert you sent is recorded in the TX log.
Wait for distress
acknowledgement.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000N

123°45.0000E AT 12:34

2182.0 kHz
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
2187.5 kHz
TIME TO GO: 2M10S RESENDING

When the distress acknowledge call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the display
changes as below.

Distress acknowledge
message received.
FROM
COAST:
001234567
CANCEL:
STOP
ALARM
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000N DIST: 0 nm
123°45.0000E

TELEPHONE

AT 12:34
2182.0 kHz

Note: If you do not receive the distress alert acknowledge call, the
equipment automatically re-transmits the distress alert and then awaits
the distress alert acknowledge call. This is repeated until the distress
alert is acknowledged.
2. Silence the alarm with the CANCEL key when the distress acknowledge call is received.
The contents of the distress acknowledge call appear.
Received message
MAR-11-2006-23:59
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE
SENDER ID: 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000N DIST : 5nm
123°45.0000E AT 12:34
10M10S
TELEPHONE 2182.0 kHz

GO TO VIEW

Elapsed time after receiving
(Max. "60M00S"
For over 60 minutes, nothing appears. )

3. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone, following the instructions below.
The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency and class of emission, as
specified in the distress acknowledge call.
a)
b)
c)
d)

Say MAYDAY three times.
Say “This is … “ name of your vessel and call sign three times.
Give nature of distress and assistance needed.
Give description of your vessel (type, color, number of persons onboard, etc.).

4-3

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

4.1.2

Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of
distress specified

If you have the time to designate the nature of distress, send the distress alert as follows:
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the DISTRESS button momentarily to
show the following display.
MSG TYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
FIRE
NATURE
FLOODING
: 987654321
POS. COLLISION
:Undesignated
GROUNDING
COMMTYPE :
LISTING
DSC FREQ

Rotate ENTER knob to scroll.

Compose msg.

SINKING
DISABLED
ABANDONING
PIRACY
MAN OVERBOARD

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose nature of distress and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Push the ENTER knob to open the POS. menu. This is where you enter your position,
automatically or manually. The INPUT TYPE option, that is, the source of position data,
is selected to EPFS, MANUAL or NO INFO. For EPFS, if the position is correct, push
the ENTER knob twice and go to step 12. For manual input, or you do not know your
position, go to step 4.
INPUT TYPE: EPFS
LAT : 34° 41.1234 N
LON : 135° 30.1234 E
TIME: 09: 00 UTC

Note: If the message “No Position Data” appears when you change INPUT
TYPE from MANUAL to EPFS, confirm that the navigation device is
functioning and then choose EPFS again.
4. Push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.
INPUT TYPE: AUTO
EPFS
LAT : 34° 41 NORTH
MANUAL
LON : 135° 30 EAST
NO INFO
TIME: 09: 00 UTC

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL and then push the ENTER knob to go to
step 6. If you cannot confirm your position, choose NO INFO, push the ENTER knob
twice and then go to step 10.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the latitude input window.
7. Use the numeric keys to enter latitude (in eight digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates:
1 key to switch to North; 2 key to switch to South.) Push the ENTER knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
NORTH
34LAT
41 : 34° 4134
° 00.0000 N
12
LON : 135° 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC

4-4

35
°00.0000 N
12

After last digit
is entered

NORTH: [1] KEY
SOUTH: [2] KEY

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

8. Push the ENTER knob to open the longitude input window.
9. Use the numeric keys to enter longitude (in nine digits). (If necessary, switch
coordinates: 1 key to switch to East; 2 key to switch to West.) Push the ENTER knob.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT
35°4100NORTH
NORTH
LAT: : 34
LON
° 135
30
LON : 135
: 135˚
30
EAST
30.0000
E
12°EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC

135
12°00.0000 E

After last digit
is entered

EAST: [1] KEY
WEST: [2] KEY

10. Push the ENTER knob to open the time input window.
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL
LAT : 35
00 NORTH
: °34
41 NORTH
LON
:
135
°
00 EAST
LON
: 135˚
30 EAST
TIME 09:
: 12
09:
00 UTC
TIME:
00: 34
UTC

11. Key in UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
12. The COMPOSE MESSAGE screen is redisplayed. Push the ENTER knob to open the
COMM MODE menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE:

DISTRESS

NATURE: FLOODING
POS: 35°00.00TELEPHONE
N 135 00E A
NBDP-FEC
COMM MODE: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

13. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC as appropriate and then
push the ENTER knob. (Telephone is the usual mode, however NBDP may also be
used.)
14. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
message
AUTO
** ComposeDISTRESS
**
MULTI
MSG TYPE:

SELECT
NATURE: FLOSIGNATED
2187.5
POS: 35°00.00N4207.5
135 00E AT
6312.0
COMM MODE: TELEPHONE
8414.5
DSC FREQ : 12577.0
2187.5 KHZ
16804.5
GO TO ALL VIEW

* 2MHZ
* 4MHZ
* 6MHZ
* 8MHZ
*12MHZ
*16MHZ
EXIT
Each pressing of ENTER key
shows/hides asterisk (marked
for chosen frequencies).

15. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a DSC frequency mode, and push the ENTER knob.
MULTI: Transmits the distress alert on 2MHz, 4 MHz, 6 MHz, 8MHz, 12 MHz and 16
MHz in that order in a transmission, then waits for acknowledgement.
AUTO: Transmits the distress alert on 2 MHz at first time (40 to 60 seconds). If the
distress alert is not acknowledged, the following sequence occurs:
2nd: 8 MHz, 3rd: 16 MHz, 4th: 4 MHz, 5th: 12 MHz and 6th: 6 MHz
SELECT: You can transmit on the distress frequencies of your choice. The minimum
number is three and 2 MHz and 8 MHz are mandatory; they cannot be deselected.
2187.5 to 16804.5: Transmits the distress alert on the frequency chosen five times.

4-5

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

The display changes as below (example).
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
: DISTRESS
NATURE
: FLOODING
POS: 35°00.0000N
AT 12:34
135°00.0000E
COMM MODE
:
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

16. Press the DISTRESS button more than four seconds to send the distress alert.
Distress alert
message in progress!
NATURE: FLOODING
POS: 35°00.0000N
135°00.0000E

TELEPHONE

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO : 38S

AT 12:34
2182.0 kHz
2187.5 kHz

17. When the distress acknowledge call is received, use the telephone or telex to
communicate.
For telephone, follow step 3 on page 4-3. For NBDP, follow the procedure below.
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit
The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
Appears on the NBDP’s display.
1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message.
2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key.
Station List
DSC
ABC-6M
ABC-12M
ABC-8M
FURUNO

Call Station
Station Set up
Station
ID Code
Mode
Tx Freq
Rx Freq

:
:
:
:
:

DSC
ARQ FEC
2174.50
2174.50

4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key to connect the communications line.
“Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message, giving the following information:
• Ship’s name and call sign
• Nature of distress and assistance needed
• Description of your vessel
6. Press the function key F10 (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
For NBDP details, see Chapters 7 through 10.

4-6

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

4.2

Receiving a Distress Alert

When you receive a distress alert from a ship in distress, the audio alarm sounds and the
message “Distress alert message received.” Appears on the display. Press the CANCEL
key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge call from a coast station. If
you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes
about five minutes from the time of reception of a distress alert, follow the appropriate flow
chart in this section to determine your course of action.
Note 1: An asterisk (*) appearing in a distress alert message indicates error at
asterisk location.
Note 2: If the DISTRESS/URGENT RECEIVING UNIT IC-303 is connected, the
aural alarm sounds and the IC-303’s alarm lamp lights in red when a
distress alert is received. To silence the aural alarm, press the ALARM
RESET key.

4.2.1

Distress alert received on MF band

Do the following:
•

Continue watching on 2182 kHz. Wait for coast station to acknowledge the distress call.
Watch until “SEELONCE FINI” is announced.

•

If multiple DSC distress alerts are received from the same ship in distress and it is beyond a
doubt in your vicinity, a DSC acknowledgement may, after consultation with an RCC or
Coast Station, be sent to terminate the call by DSC.

4-7

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

Action for ship receiving distress alert on MF band
DSC Distress alert received.

Press CANCEL key to
silence alarm.

Listen on 2182 kHz
for 5 minutes.

Did you receive
acknowledge from
CS and/or RCC?

Is distress traffic
in progress?

Yes
Yes

CS = Coast Station
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center

Enter details in log.

4-8

Is own
vessel able
to aid
ship in
distress?

Is the DSC
distress call
continuing?

Yes
Yes

Acknowledge the alert by
radiotelphony to the ship
in distress on 2182 kHz.

Inform CS and/or RCC.

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

Sending the distress acknowledge call to ship in distress (on MF band)
Note: You cannot send the distress acknowledge call for five minutes because of receiving
the distress acknowledgement from the coast station.
Transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress only when you do not receive
it from a coast station and you are able to aid the ship in distress. First, transmit the
distress acknowledge to the ship in distress by telephone. To terminate transmission of the
distress alert, send acknowledge call as follows.
The audio alarm sounds and the display shows the message “Distress alert message
received.” When your ship receives a distress alert.
Distress alert
message
received.
DISTRESS CALL
123456789
SHIP IN DIST:
CANCEL: STOP ALARM
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
123°4500E

TELEPHONE

10 seconds

Distress alert
message received.
PLEASE PUSH CANCEL KEY.

AT 12:34
2182.0 kHz

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm and the display changes as below.

* Received message *

JAN-23-2006-23:59

State of Waiting
For Acknowledge.
PUSH ANY KEY.

DISTRESS ALERT

Press any key. SHIP ID IN DIST:

123456789

NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12 34.000N DIST: 43nm

123 45.000E AT 12:34
2182.0 kHz 10M10S

TELEPHONE
ANSWER

GO TO VIEW

2. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station and you
have received the distress alert more than twice, contact the ship in distress over
radiotelephone.
3. If the distress alert continues, terminate the alert by rotating the ENTER knob to choose
ANSWER, push the ENTER knob and then go to step 4 to send the distress
acknowledge call to the ship in distress.
4. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
RELAY COAST
RELAY AREA
COAST
SHIP IDACKNOWLEDGE
IN

DSC FREQ

2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

4-9

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ACKNOWLEDGE and then push the ENTER knob.
The following display appears.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE

: DISTRESS ACK

SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789
DSC FREQ

2187.5 kHz

Compose
msg.
Ack should
be
By Coast
MSG
TYPE Station
: DISTRESS ACK
CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW

SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789
DSC FREQ

2187.5 kHz

GO TO VIEW

6. Press the CALL key for three seconds.
The message “Priority distress transmit sure?” appears. Continue to press the key until
the message “Distress acknowledge message in progress.” Appears, to transmit the
distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.
Distress acknowledge
message in progress!

Priority distress
transmit sure?

SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789

SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
2187.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S

4.2.2

CALL key
pressed
3 seconds

DSC FREQ

2187.5 KHZ

TIME TO GO: 4S

Distress alert received on HF band

If you receive a distress alert on the HF band, the ALARM lamp lights and the audio alarm
sounds. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress
acknowledge from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge within five
minutes, follow the instructions below to determine your course of action.
•

Watch on the distress frequency.

•

Relay the distress alert in the following cases:
- You have not received a distress acknowledge call from a coast station within five
minutes after receiving a distress call.
- You have not received a distress relay from other ship.
- You cannot receive distress communications from other ship over radiotelephone.
- If it is clear the ship or persons in distress are not in the vicinity and/or other crafts
are better placed to assist, superfluous communications which could interfere with
search and rescue activities should be avoided. Details should be recorded in the
appropriate log book.
- The ship relaying the distress alert should establish communications with the station
controlling the distress as directed and render such assistance as required and
appropriate.

4-10

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

When receiving a DSC message, the following message may appear.
Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down xx sec. Pause

Choose "Pause".

Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down has been paused.

After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen,
the working frequency is changed with the message
shown below.
Choose "Agree".
Accept New
Working Freq
CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW

Action for ships receiving distress alert on HF band
DSC Distress alert received.
HF DSC, RTF AND NBDP CHANNELS (kHz)

Press CANCEL key to
silence alarm.

Listen to associated RTF or
NBDP channel(s) for 5 minutes.

Is the alert
acknowledged or
relayed by CS and
or RCC?

DSC

RTF*

NBDP

4207.5
6312.0
8414.5
12577.0
16804.5

4125
6215
8291
12290
16420

4177.5
6268
8376.5
12520
16695

* = Radiotelephone
Is distress commuTransmit distress
nication in progress
relay on HF to CS
No on associated RTF No and inform RCC.
channels?
Yes

Yes

Is own
vessel able
to assist?

Yes

Contact RCC via most
efficient medium to offer
assistance.

No
CS = Coast Station
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center

Enter details in log.

4-11

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

Sending the distress relay to coast station (on HF band)
The audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below when a distress call is received.
Distress alert
message
DISTRESS
CALL received!
123456789
SHIP ID
IN DIST:
CANCEL:
STOP
ALARM
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
12 34.0000N DIST: 43nm
POS:
123 45.0000E

TELEPHONE

AT 12:34
8291.0 kHz

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below.

* Received message *

JAN-23-2006-23:59

DISTRESS ALERT
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12 34.0000N DIST: 43nm
123 45.0000E AT 12:34

TELEPHONE 8291.0 kHz 10M10S
GO TO VIEW
ANSWER

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
: INDVIDUAL
RELAY
COAST
SHIP COAST
RELAY
AREA
SHIP ID
IN DIST:
987654321
DSC FREQ

:
8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

4. If you know the ID of the nearest coast station, choose RELAY COAST and then push
the ENTER knob.
5. Push ENTER knob and key in ID of coast station where to send the distress relay and
then push the ENTER knob.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE : RELAY COAST
COAST ID: 00*******
SHIP ID IN DIST:
8414.5 kHz
DSC FREQ :
GO
GOTO
TOEASY
VIEWVIEW

4-12

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

6. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ. Menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: RELAY
2187.5ALL
COAST SHIP4207.5
COAST ID:
6312.0
8414.5
SHIP ID IN DIST:
12577.0
16804.5
DSC FREQ
KHZ
GOTO
TOVIEW
EASY VIEW
GO

7. Choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER knob. You should first choose
8414.5 kHz.
8. Press the CALL key, and the display changes as shown below.

Priority distress
transmit sure?
COAST ID: 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 kHz
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S

Distress relay coast
message in progress!
CALL key
pressed 3
seconds.

DESTINATION ID: 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

8414.5 kHz

Timer counts
down time until
the message is
transmitted.
(See note below.)

Wait for distress
relay acknowledge.
DESTINATION ID: 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
DSC FREQ :

8414.5 kHz

TIME TO GO : 3M50S RESENDING

Note: If a coast station acknowledges the call before the timer counts down to zero, press
the CANCEL key to cancel the distress relay call.
After the call is transmitted, the message “Wait for distress relay acknowledge.” Appears.
After you have received the distress acknowledgement from the coast station, communicate
with the coast station by telephone, over the frequency specified. If you do not receive the
distress acknowledgement from a coast station after the timer counts down to zero, choose
RESEND and press the ENTER knob to transmit the distress relay again, over a different
frequency.

4-13

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

4.3

Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in
Distress

4.3.1

Sending distress relay to coast station

You may send the distress relay to a coast station on behalf of a ship in distress in the
following cases:
You are near the ship in distress and the ship in distress cannot transmit the distress alert.
When the master or person responsible for your ship considers that further assistance is
necessary.
Note: In the above cases, never use the DISTRESS button.
1. Press the DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL
INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

DISTRESS
RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RELAY COAST and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Push the ENTER knob to open the COAST ID window.
MANUAL
SELECT

4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT.
When you choose SELECT, a list of file names and ID numbers stored at MESSAGE
menu appears (For details, see Chapter 6.) In this case you can choose a file name with
ID number desired, and then push the ENTER knob and then go to step 6. When
choosing MANUAL, go to step 5.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: RELAY COAST
COAST ID
SHIP ID IN D 00*******
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: NO INFORMATION
COMM MODE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ.
:
8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

5. Key in COAST ID with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob.

4-14

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

6. Push the ENTER knob to open the SHIP ID IN DIST window.

Compose msg.
RELAY COAST
MSG TYPE:
: --------COAST ID:
SELECT
SHIP ID IN DISTMANUAL
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED
: NO INFORMATION
POS.:
COMM MODE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

7. Choose MANUAL or SELECT, and then push the ENTER knob. When you choose
SELECT, a list of file names and ID numbers stored at MESSAGE menu appears. Go to
step 9. When choosing MANUAL, you can choose a file name with ID number desired,
and go to step 8.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: RELAY COAST
COAST ID
SHIP ID IN D *********
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: NO INFORMATION
COMM MODE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ.
:
8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

8. Key in ship’s ID in distress with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. If you
do not know ID, press the CANCEL key.
9. Push the ENTER knob to open the NATURE menu.
Rotate ENTER knob to scroll.

Compose msg.

MSG MYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
COAST ID
FIRE
SHIP IDFLOODING
IN DIST: 987654321
COLLISION
NATURE
:Undesignated
GROUNDING
POS: ION.
LISTING
COMMMYPE :

:
DSC FREQ

SINKING
DISABLED
ABANDONING
PIRACY
MAN OVERBOARD

10. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose nature of distress and then push the ENTER knob. If
you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.
11. Push the ENTER knob to open the POS. menu.
Compose msg
MSGLL TYPE : ALL SHIPS
INPUT TYPE: EPFS
COAST ID DISTRESS RELAY
LAT
: DIST
34°45.0000 N
SHIP
ID IN
: 987654321
LON :: 135°22.0000
E
NATURE
UNDESIGNATE
TIME: 10:00 UTC
POS:
COM. TYPE :
DSC FREQ
: 8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

4-15

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

12. Enter position of ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.
1) For automatic input, push the ENTER knob and choose EPFS. Then push ENTER knob
and go to step 13.
2) For manual input, push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the
ENTER knob to choose MANUAL and then push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:
a) Push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and then push the ENTER knob.
b) Push the ENTER knob. Enter longitude and then push the ENTER knob.
c) Push the ENTER knob. Enter UTC time and then push the ENTER knob. Go to step
13.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the ENTER knob to open
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the ENTER knob to choose NO INFO and then push the
ENTER knob twice. Go to step 13.
13. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: RELAY COAST
COAST ID: 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED
TELEPHONE
°22E AT 10:00
POS: 34°45N 135
COMM MODE NBDP-FEC
: 8414.5 kHz
DSC FREQ
GO TO VIEW

14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TELEPHONE and then push the ENTER knob.
(NBDP-FEC may also be used.)
15. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: RELAY
2187.5ALL
COAST ID :
4207.5
SHIP ID IN DI 6312.0
NATURE: UN 8414.5
POS COM.M 12577.0
16804.5
DSC FREQ
kHz
GO
TO
EASY
GO TO VIEW VIEW

16. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC (NBDP) frequency and then push
the ENTER knob. The display now looks something like the one below in case of
radiotelephone.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
: RELAY COAST
COAST ID
: 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST: NO INFO
NATURE
: SINKING
POS
: 34°45.0000N
135°22.0000EAT 10:00
COM. MODE : TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

4-16

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

17. Press the CALL key for three seconds, and the message “Priority distress transmit
sure?” appears. Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay coast
message in progress!” to send the distress relay call.

Priority distress
transmit sure?

Distress relay coast
message in progress!

COAST ID
: 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST : NO INFO
NATURE
: SINKING
: 34°45.0000 N
POS
135°22.0000 E AT 10:00

DESTINATION ID: 001234567
:
SHIP ID IN DIST : NO INFO

COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 KHZ
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S

CALL key
pressed 3
seconds

DSC FREQ :
8414.5 kHz
TIME TO GO : 8S

The equipment then waits for acknowledgement of the distress relay, displaying the
message shown below. If the distress relay is not acknowledged within five minutes, the
message “No response! Try calling again?” appears. If this occurs, send the distress relay
again.

Wait for distress
relay acknowledge.
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST: NO INFO

: 8414.5 kHz
4M59S RESENDING

DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO :

When you receive the distress relay acknowledge message, the audio alarm sounds
and the display shown below appears.
Distress relay ack
message received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM
NATURE
: SINKING
POS
: 12°34.0000 N DIST: 5nm
123°45.0000 E AT 12:34
8291.0 kHz

TELEPHONE

18. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm.
Received message
MAY-23-2006-23:59

DISTRESS RELAY ACK
SENDER ID :
001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST : NO INFO
NATURE
: SINKING
: 12°34.0000 N DIST: 5nm
POS
123°45.0000 E AT 12:34

TELEPHONE 8291.0 kHz 10M10S
GO TO VIEW

19. Communicate with the coast station.

4-17

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

4.3.2

Sending distress relay to area ships

Use this procedure to send the distress relay to area ships.
1. Press the DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL
INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

DISTRESS
RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RELAY AREA and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu.
4. You can choose QUAD or CIRCLE to set the area. The geographical area call is for
sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in your geographical area call. In
the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships within 24-34°N, 135-140°W
(QUAD) and 34°N, 140°W, range: 5 NM (CIRCLE).
Compose msg.

AREA line display

MSG TYPE: RELAY AREA
CIRCLE
AREA: **
? *** ? **
**
QUAD
SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 34°45.0000 N
135°45.0000 E AT 9:30
COMM MODE
: TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ.
:
8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

QUAD
"34° N 140°W 10°

5°"

CIRCLE
"34° 00N 140° 00W 0500NM"

Reference point
(For example,
34°N 140°W)

34°N

500NM

10°
Reference point
(For example,
34°N 140°W)
24°N
140°W

5°

QUAD

135°W
CIRCLE

5. Push the ENTER knob to open the SHIP ID IN DIST menu.
6. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. For MANUAL, key in ID of ship
in distress (if known) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. (If you do
not know the ID, press the CANCEL key.)

4-18

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

7. Push the ENTER knob to open the NATURE menu.
Compose msg.

MSG MYPE
: All ships
UNDESIGNATED
AREA: FIRE
SHIP IDFLOODING
IN DIST: 987654321
COLLISION
NATURE
:Undesignated
GROUNDING
POS: ION.
COMMYPE
LISTING:

DSC FREQ
:

SINKING
DISABLED
ABANDONING
PIRACY
MAN OVERBOARD

8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose nature of distress and then push the ENTER knob. (If
you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.)
9. Push the ENTER knob to open the POS. menu, where you enter the position of the ship
in distress and time, manually or automatically.
Compose msg.
: ALL SHIPS
CALL TYPE
EPFS
A INPUT TYPE:
DISTRESS RELAY
LAT : 34°45.1234
N
SHIP ID IN DIST: 987654321
LON
:
135°45.1234
E
NATURE :
UNDESIGNATE
POS:TIME: 09:30 UTC
:
COM. TYPE
DSC FREQ
: 8414.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

10. Enter position of the ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.
1) For automatic input, push the ENTER knob and choose EPFS. Then push the ENTER
knob and go to step 10.
2) For manual input, push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the
ENTER knob to choose MANUAL and then push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:
a) Push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and then push the ENTER knob.
b) Push the ENTER knob. Enter longitude and then push the ENTER knob.
c) Push the ENTER knob. Enter UTC time and then push the ENTER knob. Go to
step 10.
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the ENTER knob to open
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the ENTER knob to choose NO INFO and then push the
ENTER knob twice. Go to step 10.
11. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: RELAY AREA
AREA: 44 N 125 E 17
21
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
TELEPHONE
NATURE :
NDESIGNATED
POS: 34 45.00NNBDP-FEC
COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ

8414.5 kHz

GO TO VIEW

12. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TELEPHONE (or NBDP-FEC) and then push the
ENTER knob.

4-19

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

13. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose msg
MSG TYPE: RELAY ALL
2187.5
AREA:
4207.5
SHIP ID IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UN 6312.0
POS: 34°45N 8414.5
COMM MODE:12577.0
16804.5
DSC FREQ
KHZ
GOTO
TOVIEW
EASY VIEW
GO

14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER
knob. The display now looks something like the one below.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: RELAY AREA
AREA: 44 N 125 E 17 21
SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 34 45.0000N
135 45.0000E
AT 09:30
COMM MODE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 kHz

GO TO VIEW

15. Press the CALL key for three seconds, and the message “Priority distress transmit
sure?” appears. Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay area
message in progress!” to send the distress relay call.

4-20

Priority
distress
SEND
MESSAGE
***
***
transmit
CALL
TYPE sure?
: ALL SHIPS

Distress
area
SENDrelay
MESSAGE
***
***
message
CALL
TYPE in :progress!
ALL SHIPS
AREA:

NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 34 45.0000N
135 45.0000E AT 09:30
COMM MODE :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
8414.5 kHz
KEEP PRESSED FOR
3S

SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789
CALL key
pressed
3 seconds

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

8414.5 kHz
8S

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

4.4

Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station

Your ship receives the distress relay when:
•

the coast station sends the distress relay to your ship. (DISTRESS RELAY COAST)

•

the coast station sends the distress relay to the area where you are navigating.

When you receive a distress relay message from a coast station, continue monitoring
distress and safety frequencies. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one
in the left-hand figure below when a distress relay is received from a coast station.
1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as in the
right-hand figure below.
Received message

Distress relay coast
message received.

Press the
CANCEL key.

MAY-23-2006-23:59

CANCEL: STOP ALARM
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.000N
DIST: 14nm

DISTRESS RELAY COAST
SENDER ID:
001234567
SHIP ID IN DIST:
123456789
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12°34.0000N
DIST: 14nm

TELEPHONE

TELEPHONE 8291.5 kHz

123°45.0000E AT 12:34
8291.5 kHz

123°45.0000E

AT 12:34
10M10S

GO TO VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen.
3. Watch distress/safety frequency.

4.5

Cancelling Distress Call

You can cancel the distress call while it is being sent or while waiting for its
acknowledgement as follows.
1. Press the CANCEL key to show the following display.
The following message appears.
Distress Proc. is
Paused.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:
12 34.5678N
RESUME
RESEND CANCEL
123 45.6789E

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

2187.5 kHz

4-21

4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS

2. Choose CANCEL and push the ENTER knob to cancel the distress call.
Warning:
Distress Cancel Step
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:YES
12 34.5678N
NO
123 45.6789E

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

2187.5 kHz

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and then push the ENTER knob to show the
following screen. The screen shows the used frequencies to send.
Distress Cancellation Proc.
Select frequency
and push ENTER.

NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:
12 Back
34.5678N
Cancel:
to pause menu.
123 45.6789E

2M-2187.5 kHz
4M-4207.5kHz
6M-6312.0kHz

8M-8414.5kHz
12M-12577.0kHz
16M-16804.5kHz

4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the frequency which was used to send, and then
press the ENTER knob.
The cancellation message is transmitted over the same frequency used to transmit the
distress call.
Now Transmitting Distress
Cancellation Message
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS: 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

2M-2187.5 kHz
4M-4207.5kHz
6M-6312.0kHz

8M-8414.5kHz
12M-12577.0kHz
16M-16804.5kHz

5. When the following screen appears, communicate with all ships via radio telephone.
Send cancel msg. by voice
on 2182.0 kHz.
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED
POS:
Push12
any34.5678N
key: Go next step.
123 45.6789E

*2M-2187.5 kHz
4M-4207.5kHz
6M-6312.0kHz

8M-8414.5kHz
12M-12577.0kHz
16M-16804.5kHz

Asterisk marks the frequency over which
the cancellation call was transmitted..

6. Press any key.
If you used other frequencies to send the distress call, the Distress Cancel sending
starts over the next frequency to yourself. In this case, repeat step 3.
7. Repeat steps 4 through 6 to cancel for all frequencies.
When all cancellation is completed, the RT display appears.

4-22

ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING,
RECEIVING

Operation overview
The following shows about the individual message as example of the routine message. The
individual call is for sending a call to a specific station.
1. Send the individual message.
2. Wait for the individual message acknowledgement.
3. Start the communication.
(1)
(2)
(3)

(1) DSC Message [Called Acknowledge
Request (ACK RQ) Signal]

Own Ship

(2) Acknowledge Back (ACK BQ) Signal

Coast
Station

(3) Voice or telex communication

5.1

Individual Call

The individual call is for calling a specific station. After sending an individual call, called ACK
RQ transmission, wait to receive the acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from the receiving
station.

5.1.1

Sending an individual call

1. Press the DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL
INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

DISTRESS
RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the ENTER knob.

5-1

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

3. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob
to choose MANUAL or SELECT.
4. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored.
5. For MANUAL, use the numeric keys to key in the ID of the station where to send the call
and then push the ENTER knob.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE

: INDIVIDUAL

STATION ID
PRIORITY
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

*:* * *:* * * * *

: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

6. Push the ENTER knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
Compose msg.
: INDIVIDUAL
ROUTINE
: --------STATION ID
SAFETY
:
PRIORITY
: TELEPHONE
COMM. MODEURGENCY
COMM. FREQ : NO INFOR
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
MSG TYPE

GO TO VIEW

7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate priority (normally ROUTINE) and then
push the ENTER knob.
8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu.
For Safety or
Urgency Priority

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE

: INDIVIDUAL

: --------STATION ID
TELEPHONE
: ROUTINE
PRIORITY
NBDP-ARQ
COMM MODE :
NBDP-FEC
COMM FREQ : NO INFOR
DATA
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO VIEW

TELEPHONE
NBPD
NBDP-FEC

9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communications type desired and then push the
ENTER knob.
10. For routine priority, push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ menu. For safety
and urgency priority, go to step 12.
Compose msg.
: INDIVIDUAL
MSG TYPE
STATION ID
: 123456789
PRIORITY NO INFO
COMM MODEFREQUENCY
CHANNEL
COMM FREQ
POSITION*
DSC FREQ
: 12M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

5-2

* POSITION is displayed if a coast
station is specified at step 4.

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication frequency setting method desired
and then push the ENTER knob. For FREQUENCY and CHANNEL, see “How to Set
Working Frequency, Channel” on the next page. NO INFO and POSITION let the
receiving station set the working frequency. Choose NO INFO or POSITION to send the
call to a coast station; FREQUENCY or CHANNEL to send the call to a ship station.
How to Set Working Frequency, Channel
To send a call, set the working frequency as below, to communicate with the receiving
station. The working frequency can be entered by Tx and Rx frequencies or channel
number.
Routine priority
8. After selecting FREQUENCY or CHANNEL, one of the following pop-up windows
appears.
TX:
RX:

0.0 kHz
0.0 kHz

TRX:

0.0 kHz

(Mobile station, Simplex)
(Coast station, Duplex)
Frequency

CH:

Channel

a) Key in TX frequency or channel with the numeric keys. For channel, push the ENTER
knob to finish.
b) Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the RX field, key in RX frequency and then push the
ENTER knob to finish.

Safety or urgency priority
For safety or urgency priority the communication frequency cannot be selected; it is
automatically set to the pair frequency as set for the DSC frequency.
12. Follow the instructions on the next page to choose DSC frequency desired.

5-3

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

How to Set DSC Frequency
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the ENTER knob.
p
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE:
STATION ID:
PRIORITY:
COMM MODE:
COMM FREQ:
DSC FREQ

16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ

2 INDIV
MHZ
4123456
MHZ
6 RO
MHZ
8 MHZ
TELEP
12 MHZ
NO I
: 2M-INTL

Rotate the ENTER
knob to scroll.

GO TO VIEW

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER
knob. One of the menus shown below appears depending on the band selected.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
: Individual
2 MHz
4 MHz
Station
ID
:
001234567
INTL
: T12577.5/R12657.0
6 MHz
Priority
: Routine
LOCAL1 : T12578.0/R12657.5
8 MHz
LOCAL2
Com.
type : T12578.5/R12658.0
:12
Telephone
MHz
COM. FREQ : No infor
FREQ
DSC
: 12M-INTL

Rotate the ENTER knob
to scroll menu to view user
channels (if registered).

LOCAL = Local channel

USER CH1 : T12345.0/R12345.0
USER CH2 : T12345.5/R12345.5
USER CH3 : T12346.0/R12346.0
USER CH4 : T12346.5/R12346.5

GO TO ALL VIEW

2MHz menu
INTL
:T 2189.5/R 2177.0

8MHz menu
INTL
:T 8415.0/R 8436.5
LOCAL :T 8415.5/R8437.0
LOCAL :T 8416.0/R8437.5

18MHz menu
INTL
:T18898.5/R19703.5
LOCAL1 :T18899.0/R19704.0
LOCAL2 :T18899.5/R19704.5

4MHz menu
INTL
:T 4208.0/R 4219.5
LOCAL1 :T 4208.5/R 4220.0
LOCAL2 :T 4209.0/R 4220.5

12MHz menu
INTL
:T 12577.5/R12657.0
LOCAL1 :T 12578.0/R12657.5
LOCAL2 :T 12578.5/R12658.0

22MHz menu
INTL
:T 22374.5/R22444.0
LOCAL1 :T 22375.0/R22444.5
LOCAL2 :T 22375.5/R22445.0

6MHz menu
INTL
:T 6312.5/R 6331.0
LOCAL1 :T 6313.0/R 6331.5
LOCAL2 :T 6313.5/R 6332.0

16MHz menu
INTL
:T 16805.0/R16903.0
LOCAL1 :T 16805.5/R16903.5
LOCAL2 :T 16806.0/R16904.0

25MHz menu
INTL
:T 25208.5/R26121.0
LOCAL1 :T 25209.0/R26121.5
LOCAL2 :T 25209.5/R26122.0

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob. The
display shows the DSC frequency band selected, at “DSC FREQ”.
Safety or urgency priority
For safety and/or urgency priority “COMM FREQ” is automatically set to the same pair
frequency as the DSC frequency.
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the ENTER knob.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: INDIVIDUAL
2187.5
4207.5
STATION ID: 001234567
6312.0
: SAFETY
PRIORITY
8414.5
COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
12577.0
:
2182.0KHZ
COMM FREQ 16804.5
: 2187.5 KHZ
DSC FREQ
GO TO VIEW

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER
knob.

5-4

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

13.Press the CALL key to send the individual call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows the message “Individual routine message in progress!” while the call
is being sent.
Individual routine
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID:
PRIORITY
:
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

123456789

ROUTINE
2138.0 kHz
2177.0 kHz

Note: When the channel is in use,
"CH BUSY" appears at the
lower left-hand side of the
screen.
Press CALL key for forced
transmission.

After the call is sent, the equipment waits for acknowledgement of the call, showing the
display below.

Waiting for
acknowledgement.
DESTINATION ID: 123456789
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
2138.0 kHz
DSC FREQ :
2177.0 kHz
TIME TO GO: 4M30S RESENDING

The timer starts counting down the maximum time to wait for acknowledgement, five
minutes. One of the following three messages appears. (“No response! Try calling again?”
appears after the timer counts down to zero. It means the receiving station did not respond.)
Able acknowledge
message received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

PRIORITY
TELEPHONE

: ROUTINE
2138.0 kHz

Unable acknowledge
message received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

SENDER ID
PRIORITY

:
:

123456789

ROUTINE

No response!
Try calling again?
DESTINATION ID:
PRIORITY
:
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:

123456789

ROUTINE
2138.0 kHz
2177.0 kHz
RESEND

Able acknowledge call received

Unable acknowledge call received

No response from station
(appears when the timer counts to "zero")

14. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 12.

5-5

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Able acknowledge call received
Communicating by radiotelephone
1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:59

ABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
SENDER ID:
PRIORITY : ROUTINE TX:2138.0kHz
TELEPHONE

RX: 2138.0kHz
10M10S

GO TO VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen.
3. The working frequency is automatically set; you may start voice communications by
radiotelephone.
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
Appears on the NBDP’s display.
1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message.
2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the
line.
Unable acknowledge call received
1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display looks something like the one
below.

* Received message *
MAR-23-2006-23:59
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
NO REASON GIVEN
SENDER ID:
PRIORITY:

123456789

ROUTINE 10M10S
GO TO VIEW

Reason for unable to acknowledge:
NO REASON GIVEN
CONGESTION AT SWITCHING CENTRE*
BUSY
QUEUE INDICATION*
STATION BARRED*
NO OPERATOR AVAILABLE*
OPERATOR TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE*
EQUIPMENT DISABLE
MODE NOT USABLE
CHANNEL NOT USABLE

* Coast station use

2. If the coast station sends the message “QUEUE INDICATION,” wait until your turn
arrives.

5-6

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob followed by pressing the CALL key.
Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key to go to DSC screen.

5.1.2

Receiving an individual call

Acknowledgement is able or unable depending on the comply-type setting (see section
6.11). The relationship between comply type and able/unable acknowledge is as shown in
the table below.
Setting for ACK/SQ key

ABLE

UNABLE

AUTO ACK

Can send ABLE acknowledge Can send UNABLE
automatically
acknowledge automatically.

MANUAL ACK

Send ABLE
manually

acknowledge Send UNABLE acknowledge
manually

Note: The handset must be on hook to enable automatic acknowledge.
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “ABLE”
When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active (AUTO
ACK) and the comply type is “ABLE,” the display shown below appears. This display
indicates that the auto acknowledge (ACK BQ) call is being sent.
Able acknowledge
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID:
PRIORITY
:
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

123456789

ROUTINE
2138.0 kHz
2177.0 kHz

It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds and
the following message appears.
Able acknowledge
message transmitted.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM
PRIORITY: ROUTINE TX: 2138.0 kHz
TELEPHONE

RX: 2138.0 kHz

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.

5-7

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

* Xmitted message *

MAR-23-2006-23:01

ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
DESTINATION ID: 123456789
PRIORITY : ROUTINE TX: 2138.0 kHz
TELEPHONE
RX: 2138.0 kHz

10M10S
RESEND

GO TO VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key. You can now communicate with the party, over the
radiotelephone frequency specified or by the NBDP terminal unit.
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit
After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal
Unit. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. The
message from the other station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
1. After receiving the message from other station, type your message and then transmit it.
2. Press the function key F10 (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “UNABLE”
When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active (AUTO
ACK) and comply type is “UNABLE,” the display shown below appears, indicating that the
auto acknowledge call (ACK BQ) with UNABLE is being sent.
Unable acknowledge
message in progress!
REASON: BUSY
DESTINATION ID
: 121234567
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
DSC FREQ : 12577.5 kHz
TIME TO GO : 6S

It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds and
the following message appears.
Unable acknowledge
message transmitted.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

DESTINATION ID : 121234567
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.

5-8

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

* Xmitted message *

JUL-23-2006-23:01

UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
BUSY
DESTINATION ID : 121234567
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
10M10S
RESEND

GO TO VIEW

2. Push the ENTER knob to confirm the message.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to scroll the message.
Manually acknowledging individual call with “ABLE”
When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual acknowledge
(MANUAL ACK), the alarm sounds and the display looks like the one below.
Individual routine
message received.
Ack Required.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

TELEPHONE

CH 401

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as shown below.

Received message
MAR-23-2006-23:00:00

INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
001234567
SENDER ID:
PRIORITY:
ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401

10M10S

ANSWER

GO TO VIEW

To view contents, rotate ENTER knob
to choose GO TO VIEW and then push
ENTER knob.

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MSG TYPE and then push the ENTER knob.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID ABLE
: 001234567
COMM MODE UNABLE
: TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ : CH 401
DSC FREQ
: 4M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ABLE and then push the ENTER knob. The display
changes as below.

5-9

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID: 121234567
COMM MODE: TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ: CH401
DSC FREQ: 4M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

5. Press the CALL key to send the acknowledge call. The display changes as below.

Able acknowledge
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID
PRIORITY
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

: 121234567
: ROUTINE
CH 401
4208.0 kHz
7S

6. After the call is completely sent (transmission time: 7 sec.), push the CANCEL key twice
to show the radiotelephone screen (if the communications mode is telephone).
7. You can begin voice communications by radiotelephone. For NBDP operation, do the
following:

Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit
After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal
Unit. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. The
message from the other party appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.
1. After receiving the message from the other party, type your message and transmit it.
2. Press the function key F10 (BREAK) to disconnect the line.
Manually acknowledging individual call with “UNABLE”
When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual acknowledge,
the alarm sounds and the display shows the message “Individual xxx (priority name)
message received.”
Individual routine
message received.
Ack Required.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

TELEPHONE

CH 401

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.

5-10

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2006-23:00:00
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
121234567
SENDER ID:
PRIORITY: ROUTINE
TELEPHONE
CH 401

10M10S

ANSWER

GO TO VIEW

To view contents, rotate ENTER knob
to choose GO TO VIEW and then push
the ENTER knob.

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MSG TYPE and then push the ENTER knob.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE : ABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID ABLE
: 001234567
COMM MODE UNABLE
: TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ : CH401
DSC FREQ:
4M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose UNABLE and then push the ENTER knob.
5. Push the ENTER knob to open the REASON menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE : UNABLE
NO REASON
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
REASON BUSY
: NO REASON
EQUIPGIVEN
DISABLED
STATION ID
: 001234567
MODE
NOT USABLE
DSC FREQCH :NOT
12,577.5
KHZ
USABLE

6. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose an appropriate reason and then push the ENTER
knob. The display changes as below.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE : UNABLE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
REASON
: CHANNEL NOT
USABLE
STATION ID : 121234567
DSC FREQ : 4M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

7. Press the CALL key to send the acknowledge call. The display shows “Unable
acknowledge message in progress!” while the call is being sent.
Unable acknowledge
message in progress!
REASON: CHANNEL NOT USABLE
DESTINATION ID:
PRIORITY:
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

121234567

ROUTINE
4208.0 KHZ

5-11

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

The timer counts down the time remaining until the call is completed (transmission time:
about seven seconds).

8. Press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen.

5.2

Group Call

A group call is for calling a specific group by specifying its group ID.

5.2.1

Sending a group call

1. Press the 2/DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL

DISTRESS

INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

1. Choose GROUP MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.
2. Push the ENTER knob to open the GROUP ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob
to choose MANUAL or SELECT.
3. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored.
4. For MANUAL, key in group ID (eight digits) with the numeric keys and then push the
ENTER knob.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
GROUP ID

: GROUP MESSAGE

0********
: ROUTINE
PRIORITY
COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ : NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
DSC FREQ
GO TO VIEW

5. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COMM MODE

: GROUP CALL
TELEPHONE
: 012345678
NBDP-FEC
: Routine
: TELEPHONE

COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

6. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired and then push the
ENTER knob.
7. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ menu.

5-12

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
: GROUP MESSAGE
GROUP ID
: 012345678
FREQUENCY
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
COMM MODE CHANNEL
: TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: 2M-INTL
GO
VIEW
GOTO
TOALL
VIEW

8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication frequency desired and then push the
ENTER knob. (See page 5-3 for details.) NO INFO lets other party choose
communication frequency.
9. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
: Individual MESSAGE
2
MHZ
GROUP ID
: 001234567
4
MHZ
PRIORITY
E
: Routine
6 MHZ
COMM MODE : Telephone ONE
8 MHZ
COMM FREQ : No infor
12 MHZ
DSC FREQ
12M-INTL
:

16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ

Rotate the ENTER
knob to select.

GO TO VIEW

10. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the ENTER knob
to open the DSC FREQ menu.
11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the ENTER
knob. (See “How to Set DSC Frequency” on page 5-4 for details.)
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
GROUP ID
PRIORITY
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: GROUP MESSAGE
: 012345678
: ROUTINE
: TELEPHONE
: 2164.0 kHz
: 2M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

12. Press the CALL key to send the group call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows “Group message in progress!” while the call is being sent.
Group
message in progress!
SENDER ID :
PRIORITY :
TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ
:
TIME TO GO :

012345678

ROUTINE
2164.0 kHz
2177.0 kHz

13. Press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen after the call is sent.
14. If you selected TELEPHONE at step 7, communicate by radiotelephone. For NBDP, do
the following:

5-13

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
Appears on the NBDP’s display.
1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message.
2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the
line.

5.2.2

Receiving a group call

Group ID must be registered in order to receive a group call.
The audio alarm sounds and the display shows “Group message received” when a group
call is received.
Group
message received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM
PRIORITY: ROUTINE

TX: 2164.0 kHz

TELEPHONE

RX: 2164.0 kHz

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:59

GROUP MESSAGE
SENDER ID :
123456789
PRIORITY: ROUTINE TX: 2164.0 kHz
RX: 2164.0 kHz
TELEPHONE
2M14S

GO TO VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working
frequency. If there is the difference between the registered frequency and used
frequency to receive, the following screens appear. Choose Agree for the voice
communication, or Disagree when you do not change the frequency.

5-14

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down xx sec. Pause

Choose "Pause".

Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down has been paused.

After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen,
the working frequency is changed with the message
shown below.
Choose "Agree".
Accept New
Working Freq
CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW

Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a group call, confirm the following.
•The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies.
•The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.

5.3

Geographical Area Call

The geographical area call is for sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in
your geographical area call. In the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships
within 24-34°N, 135-140°W (QUAD) and 34°N, 140°W, range: 500 NM (CIRCLE).
Note: At the high-latitude area, set the area so that the longitude is within 99°. If the setting
is over 99°, it may be adjusted automatically.
Reference point
(For example,
34°N 140°W)

34°N

500NM

10°
Reference point
(For example,
34°N 140°W)
24°N
140°W

5°

QUAD

135°W
CIRCLE

5-15

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

5.3.1

Sending a geographical area call

1. Press the 2/DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL

DISTRESS

INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AREA MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu, then choose QUAD or CIRCLE and
push the ENTER knob.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
AREA

: AREA MESSAGE

: SAFETY
PRIORITY
COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz
: 2187.5 kHz
DSC FREQ

AREA line display
QUAD
"44° N 125° E 17°

21°"

CIRCLE
"44° 33N 125° 33E 0500NM"

GO TO VIEW

4. For QUAD: Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and
southerly degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and
press the 1 key for North or East; 2 key for South or West. After entering data, push the
ENTER knob.
5. For CIRCLE: Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point
and radius of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the 1 key for North or
East; 2 key for South or West. After entering data, push the ENTER knob.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the PRIORITY menu.
7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose priority desired and then push the ENTER knob.
8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu.
Compose msg.
: AREA CALL
MSG TYPE
TELEPHONE
AREA : 34°N 133°W ↓120° → 12°
NBDP-FEC
PRIORITY
: Routine
COMM MODE : Telephone
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: 2182.0 kHz
: 2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired and then push the
ENTER knob.
10. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.

5-16

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the ENTER
knob. (See “How to Set DSC Frequency” on page 5-4 for details.) Your display should
now look something like one below.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
: AREA MESSAGE
AREA : 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°
PRIORITY
: SAFETY
COMM MODE
: TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz
DSC FREQ
: 2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

12. Press the CALL key to send the geographical area call (transmission time: about seven
seconds). The display shows “Geographical area message in progress!” while the call is
being sent.
Geographical area
message in progress!
AREA: 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
2182.0 kHz
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO

:
:

2187.5 kHz

13. After the call is sent, press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen.
14. If you chose TELEPHONE at step 8, you can now communicate with the other party. For
NBDP, do the following:
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
Appears on the NBDP’s display.
1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message.
2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the
line.

5.3.2

Receiving a geographical area call

The alarm sounds and the display shows “Geographical area message received” when a
geographical area message is received.
Geographical area
message received.
CANCEL:
SENDER
ID: STOP ALARM
123456789
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE
2182.0kHz

5-17

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. “Change COM Frequency” display appears,
and the display changes as below.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:59

GEOGRAPHICAL AREA
SENDER ID :
123456789
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
TELEPHONE:

2182.0 kHz
10M10S

GO TO VIEW

3. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working
frequency specified in the geographic area call. If there is the difference between the
registered frequency and used frequency to receive, the following screens appear.
Choose Agree for the voice communication, or Disagree when you do not change the
frequency.
Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down xx sec. Pause

Choose "Pause".

Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down has been paused.

After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen,
the working frequency is changed with the message
shown below.
Choose "Agree".
Accept New
Working Freq
CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW

Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a geographic area call, confirm the following.
•The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies.
•The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.

5-18

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

5.4

Neutral Craft Call

The neutral craft call, which contains own ship position and ID, informs all ships that your
ship is not a participant in armed conflict. The neutral craft call is necessary the setting on
the Setup menu. See section “6.15 Special Messages”.

5.4.1

Sending a neutral craft call

1. Press the 2/DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL

DISTRESS

INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SPECIAL and NEUTRAL in order and then push the
ENTER knob.
3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu and enter the area range as shown on
page 5-16.
4. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu.
5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired (TELEPHONE or
NBDP-FEC) and then push the ENTER knob.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose2187.5
message
: Neutral
**
**
4207.5
MSG TYPE
craft
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
AREA: 44 N 125
12577.0
: Telephone
PRIORITY
16804.5
COMM MODE :2187.5 kHz
DSC FREQ

VIEW
GO TO VIEW

kHz

7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER
knob.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE : NEUTRAL
CRAFT
AREA
: 44 N 140 W 10 5
PRIORITY
: URGENCY
COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz
DSC FREQ
: 2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

5-19

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

8. Press the CALL key to send the neutral craft call (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.).
Neutral craft
message in progress!
AREA
: 34 N 140 W 10 5
PRIORITY:
URGENCY
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

2187.5 kHz

9. After the call is sent, press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen.
10. Inform all ships by radiotelephone that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict.
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
Appears on the NBDP’s display.
1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message.
2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the
line.

5.4.2

Receiving a neutral craft call

When a neutral craft call is received the alarm sounds and the display changes as below.
Neutral craft
message received.
CANCEL:
SENDER
ID:STOP ALARM
123456789
PRIORITY:
URGENSY
2182.0 kHz
TELEPHONE

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The working frequency confirmation
window appears for 10 seconds. The display changes as below.

Received message
MAR-23-2006-23:59

NEUTRAL CRAFT
SENDER ID:
PRIORITY:
TELEPHONE

123456789

URGENCY
2182.0 kHz
10M10S

GO TO VIEW

5-20

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working
frequency specified by radiotelephone or NBDP. If there is the difference between the
registered frequency and used frequency to receive, the following screens appear.
Choose Agree for the voice communication, or Disagree when you do not change the
frequency.
Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down xx sec. Pause

Choose "Pause".

Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down has been paused.

After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen,
the working frequency is changed with the message
shown below.
Choose "Agree".
Accept New
Working Freq
CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW

Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a neutral craft call, confirm the following.
The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies.
The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.

5.5

Medical Transport Call

The medical transport call informs all ships, by urgency priority, that own ship carries
medical supplies. The medical call is enabled/disable with the Setup menu setting. See
section “6.15 Special Messages”.

5.5.1

Sending a medical transport call

1. Press the 2/DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL
INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

DISTRESS
RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SPECIAL and MEDICAL in order and then push the
ENTER knob. PRIORITY is automatically selected to URGENCY.

5-21

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu and then enter the area range as shown
on page 5-17.
4. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu.
5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired (TELEPHONE or
NBDP-FEC) and then push the ENTER knob.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.

Compose msg.
2187.5
: Medical
4207.5
transport
AREA: 44 N 1 :6312.0
Urgency
8414.5
PRIORITY
12577.0
:
COMM MODE Telephone
DSC FREQ 16804.5:2187.5 kHz
MSG TYPE

GO TO VIEW
VIEW

7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER
knob. The display changes as below.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE

: MEDICAL
TRANSPORT
AREA :44 N 125 E 17 21
PRIORITY
: URGENCY
COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 KHZ
GO TO VIEW

8. Press the CALL key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The
display shows “Medical transport message in progress!” while the call is being sent.
Medical transport
message in progress!
AREA:
PRIORITY:
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

42N 123 E 5 10
URGENCY
2187.5 kHz

9. After the call is sent, press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen.
10. Inform all ships (by radiotelephone) that your ship is transporting medical supplies. For
NBDP do the following:
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit
The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”
Appears on the NBDP’s display.
1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message.
2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the
Operate menu.
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key.
4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.
5. Type and transmit your message.

5-22

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the
line.

5.5.2

Receiving a medical transport call

When a medical transport call is received, the alarm sounds and the display changes as
below.
Medical transport
message received.
CANCEL:
SENDER
ID: STOP ALARM
123456789
PRIORITY:
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
2182.0 KHZ

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. After the “Change COM Frequency” display,
the display changes as below.
Received message
MAR-23-2006-23:59

MEDICAL TRANSPORT
123456789
SENDER ID:
PRIORITY:
URGENCY
TELEPHONE
2182.0 kHz

10M10S

GO TO ALL
VIEW
VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen to watch on frequency
specified. If there is the difference between the registered frequency and used frequency
to receive, the following screens appear. Choose Agree for the voice communication, or
Disagree when you do not change the frequency.
Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down xx sec. Pause

Choose "Pause".

Change COM Frequency
Agree
Disagree
Count down has been paused.

After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen,
the working frequency is changed with the message
shown below.
Choose "Agree".
Accept New
Working Freq
CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW

5-23

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit
After receiving a medical transport area call, confirm the following.
The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies.
The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.

5.6

Receiving a Polling Request

Polling means confirming if own station is within communicating range with other station.
1 Polling

2 Acknowledge

5.6.1

Automatic reply

The display changes as shown in the illustration below when a polling request message is
received

Polling acknowledge
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID :
PRIORITY:
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO :

123456789

ROUTINE
2177.0 kHz

The equipment is set up for automatic acknowledge: POLLING MESSAGE on the Auto Ack
menu is ON and the 5/ACK/ SQ key is set to show AUTO ACK on the display. For details
see paragraph 6.11. (PRIORITY: ROUTINE only) After the polling acknowledge message is
transmitted, the following display appears and the audio alarm sounds.

Polling acknowledge
message transmitted.
CANCEL: STOP
DESTINATION
ID ALARM
:
123456789
PRIORITY:
ROUTINE

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.

** Xmitted message **

MAR-23-2006-23:00:09

POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE
DESTINATION ID : 123456789
PRIORITY:
ROUTINE
10M10S
RESEND

GO TO VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen.

5-24

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

5.6.3

Manual reply

The display changes as shown in the illustration below. The audio alarm sounds when a
polling request message is received and the status of the 5/ ACK/SQ key is MANUAL ACK
(or AUTO ACK and POLLING MESSAGE in AUTO ACK menu is OFF).
Polling request
message received.
CNCEL: STOP
DESTINATION
ID : ALARM
987654321
PRIORITY:
ROUTINE

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:01

POLLING REQUEST
987654321
SENDER ID :
PRIORITY:
ROUTINE
10M10S
ANSWER

GOTO VIEW

2. To ignore the call, press the CANCEL key.
3. To respond to the call, rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the
ENTER knob. The display changes as below.
Compose msg
MSG TYPE : POLLING
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATION ID
: 987654321
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
: 2M-INTL

DSC FREQ

GO TO VIEW

4. Press the CALL key to send the polling acknowledge message. The display changes as
below.

Polling acknowledge
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID :
PRIORITY :
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

Polling acknowledge
message transmitted.

987654321
ROUTINE
2177.0 kHz

PLEASE PUSH CANCEL KEY.

CANCEL key (twice)

7S
Radiotelephone screen

5-25

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

5.7

Position Call

There are two types of position calls: other station requires your ship’s position and your
ship requests position of another ship.
Finding position of other station
(1) Position request call
(2) Position Information

Own Station

Other Station

Sending own ship’s position to other station

(1) Requests ship's position

(2) Sends position Information

Own Ship

5.7.1

Requesting other ship’s position

1. Press the 2/DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL
INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

DISTRESS
RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
MAN 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose POSITION and then push the ENTER knob.

5-26

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

3. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob
to choose MANUAL or SELECT. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message
file list stored. For MANUAL, key in ID of station (nine digits) which you want to know its
position and then push the ENTER knob.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE:
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ

POSITION
REQUEST
**********

: SAFETY
: 2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

4. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob
to choose appropriate frequency.
5. Push the ENTER knob. The display now looks something like the illustration below.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ

: POSITION
REQUEST
:
123456789
:
SAFETY
: 2187.5 kHz
GO TO VIEW

6. Press the CALL key to send the message (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The following display appears.
Position request
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID :
PRIORITY:

123456789

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

2187.5 kHz

SAFETY

After the call has been sent, the following display appears.

Waiting for position
acknowledgement.
DESTINATION ID : 123456789
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO: 4M30S

2187.5 kHz
RESENDING

5-27

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

One of the following messages appears. “No response! Try calling again?” appears after the
time has counted down to zero, meaning there was no response from the party called.

Position acknowledge
messsage received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

PRIORITY:
SAFETY
12 34.0000N
POS :
123 45.0000E

AT 12:34

No response!
Try calling again?
DESTINATION ID:
PRIORITY:
DSC FREQ :

123456789

SAFETY
2187.5 KHZ

RESEND

Position acknowledge message received

No response

7. Do one of the following depending on the message displayed at step 6.
Acknowledge message received
1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display looks as below.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:59

POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE
123456789
SENDER ID :
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
POS : 12 34N
123 45E

AT 12:34 10M10S

GO TO VIEW

2. You can now confirm position of other ship.
No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob followed by the CALL key.
Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key.

5.7.2

Position call: other ship requests your position

You may turn automatic acknowledge of position request on with “POSITION MESSAGE:
On” on the Auto Ack menu. For further details, see section 6.11.
Automatic reply
When another ship requests your position and the status of the 5/ ACK/SQ key is AUTO
ACK and the setting of POSITION MESSAGE on the Auto ack menu is ON, the equipment
transmits own position data (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.), showing the display below.
Position acknowledge
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID : 123456789
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
POS: 35°30N
135°30E
AT 23:54
DSC FREQ :
2187.5 kHz

TIME TO GO :

5-28

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

After the call is sent the audio alarm sounds and the display below appears.

Position acknowledge
message transmitted.
CANCEL: STOP
DESTINATION
ID: ALARM
123456789
PRIORITY: SAFETY
POS: 35°30N
135°30E
AT 23:54

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.
Xmitted message
**
**
MAR-23-2006-23:59:09
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE
DESTINATION ID : 987654321
PRIORITY: SAFETY
POS : 35°00N
AT 23:59 10M10S
135°00E
RESEND

GO TO VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen.
Manual reply
When a position request message is received and the status of the 5/ ACK/SQ key is
MANUAL ACK (or AUTO ACK and POSITION MESSAGE on AUTO ACK menu is OFF), the
audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below.
Position request
message received.
SENDER
ID: STOP
123456789
CANCEL:
ALARM
PRIORITY:
SAFETY

1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.
Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2006-23:00:01
POSITION REQUEST
123456789
SENDER ID :
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
10M10S

ANSWER

GO TO VIEW

2. If canceling to send the reply, press the CANCEL key.

5-29

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob. Your
display should now look something like the one below.

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE: POSITION
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
POS:

35 00 N
135 00 E

DSC FREQ :

AT 23:01

2187.5 kHz

GO TO VIEW

4. Confirm the position shown and then press the CALL to send the position data
(transmission time: approx. 7 sec.). The display changes as below.
Position acknowledge
message in progress!

Position acknowledge
messsage transmitted.

DESTINATION ID : 123456789
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
POS: 35 00N
135 00E AT 23:01
2187.5 kHz

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

5.8

PLEASE PUSH CANCEL KEY

Press the CANCEL key twice.
Radiotelephone screen

PSTN Call

The PSTN call allows the making and receiving of telephone calls over public switched
telephone networks. To use the PSTN call feature, use a handset which has a HOOK
ON/OFF function. The standard supply handset has this feature.

5.8.1

Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ)

1. Press the 2/DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL
INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI I23456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

DISTRESS
RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
MAN 01:54

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose PSTN MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.

5-30

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

3. Push the ENTER knob to open the COAST ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob
to choose MANUAL or SELECT. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message
file list stored. For MANUAL, key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric
keys and then push the ENTER knob.

Compose msg.
PSTN MESSAGE
MSG TYPE:
*********
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
COMM MODE: TELEPHONE
:12M-INTL

DSC FREQ

GO TO VIEW

4. Push the ENTER knob to open the TEL NO. menu.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO.

PSTN MESSAGE
: 001234567

----------------

COMM MODE
DSC FREQ

:12M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

5. Enter telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER
knob.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu, and then choose the
communication mode.
7. Push the ENTER knob.
8. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
Compose msg.
2: PSTN
MHz CALL
MSG TYPE
4: 123456789
MHz
COAST ID
6 MHz
TEL NO.
8: 123456789012345
MHz
COMM MODE 12 MHz
DSC FREQ

Rotate ENTER knob
to scroll.
16 MHz
18 MHz
22 MHz
25 MHz

:12M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the ENTER knob
to open the DSC FREQ menu.
10. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the ENTER
knob. The display changes as below.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE : PSTN MESSAGE
COAST ID : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
COMM MODE : TELEPHONE
DSC FREQ :

12M-INTL
GO TO VIEW

5-31

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

11. Press the CALL key to send the PSTN call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
The display shows the following message.

PSTN request
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

12577.5 kHz

One of the following three displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears
after timer counts down to zero and it means there was no response from the coast station.)
Waiting for
acknowledgement.

Unable acknowledge
message received.

No response!
Try calling again?

DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456

CANCEL: STOP ALARM

DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456

DSC FREQ :
12577.5 kHz
TIME TO GO: 25S
RESENDING

SENDER ID :
001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456

DSC FREQ

: 12577.5 kHz
RESEND

12. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 11.
Waiting for acknowledgement
If the PSTN call is accepted, the PSTN connection call is sent (transmission time: about
seven seconds), showing the display below.

PSTN connection
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID
: 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz
DSC FREQ :
12577.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO:
7S

After the call is sent the following messages appears.
Waiting for
acknowledgement.
SENDER ID :
001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz
DSC FREQ :
12577.5 KHZ
TIME TO GO: 25S
RESENDING

5-32

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

Then, one of the following displays appears.
PSTN connected.

PSTN end of
message in progress!

DESTINATION : 001234567

TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz
DSC FREQ :
12577.5 KHZ

TEL NO.

: 1234567890123456

DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

PSTN call connected

12577.5 KHZ

PSTN end of call

13. Follow the instructions below depending on the message shown in 3) above.
PSTN connected: Your phone rings; pick up the handset and communicate with the party
you called.
PSTN end of message in progress: The channel could not be used. Press the CANCEL
key to return to the DSC standby screen.
Unable acknowledge message received
1. The audio alarm sounds; press the CANCEL key or ENTER knob to silence the alarm.
The display shown below appears.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:01

UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE
BUSY
SENDER ID :
001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
10M10S

GO TO VIEW

2. Press the CANCEL key to return to the DSC standby screen.
3. Try the call again later.
No response! Try calling again?

Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob followed by the CALL key.
Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen.

5.8.2

Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ)

The following display appears when a PSTN call is received when automatic acknowledge
is turned on.

Able acknowledge
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

4208.0 KHZ

5-33

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears.

Pick up the handset
or press CALL key.
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz
DSC FREQ :
4208.0 KHZ
TIME TO GO: 60S RESENDING

1. Pick up the handset or press the CALL key within one minute.

PSTN connection
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz
DSC FREQ :
4208.0 KHZ
TIME TO GO:
7S

The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears.

Waiting for
acknowledgement.
SENDER ID :
001234567
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456
TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz
DSC FREQ :
2222.2 KHZ
TIME TO GO: 25S RESENDING

Shortly thereafter, one of the following messages appears.
PSTN connected.
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
TELEPHONE :
2222.2 kHz
DSC FREQ :
4208.0KHZ

PSTN call connected

PSTN end of
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :

4208.0KHZ

TIME TO GO:

PSTN end of call

2. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 5. Note that volume
can be adjusted in this condition. Rotate the PWR/VOL knob.
PSTN connected: Communicate with party.
PSTN end of message in progress!: The channel could not be used. Press the CANCEL
key to return to the DSC standby screen.

5-34

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

5.8.3

PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(ship disconnects line)

1. After hanging up the handset or pressing the CANCEL key to complete your call, the
display shows the following message.
PSTN end of
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO:

12577.5 KHZ

After the call is sent, the following messages appears.

Waiting for
charge information.
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ :
TIME TO GO: 20S

12577.5 KHZ

RESENDING

When the timer counts down to zero one of the following displays appear.

Charge information
message received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

TEL NO.

No response!
charge information.
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456

: 1234567890123456
DSC FREQ:

xxxx.xkHz

For “No response! Charge information.”, the equipment reverts to step 2 in this
procedure to await charge information.

2. For “Charge information message received.”, the audio alarm sounds; press the
CANCEL key or ENTER knob to silence the audio alarm. The display shown below
appears.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:59

CHARGE INFORMATION
00H 12M 34S
CHARGE TIME :
001234567
SENDER ID :
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
10M10S
GO TO VIEW

5-35

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

5.8.4

PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information
(coast station disconnects line)

The PSTN line is disconnected by the coast station when it finds no evidence of
communications or the land subscriber hangs up. The coast station then sends charge
information as below.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:59

CHARGE INFORMATION
CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S
SENDER ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
: 1234567890123456
10M10S

GO TO VIEW

For no charge information the display looks as below.

* Received message *

MAR-23-2006-23:59

CHARGE INFORMATION
CHARGE TIME : NO INFO
SENDER ID : 001234567
TEL NO.
1234567890123456
10M10S
GO TO VIEW

5.9

Log File

Three log files are provided for storage of calls: received ordinary log, received distress log
and transmitted log. Each log file stores 50 calls. The latest call is saved as log no.1 and the
log no. of all previous calls in that log increments by one. When the storage capacity is
exceeded, the oldest call is deleted to make room for the latest. An asterisk (*) marks
unread or unacknowledged calls. Received distress calls are automatically deleted 48 hours
after being read.

5.9.1

Opening a log file

The procedure for opening a log is common to all logs. The example below shows how to
open the received distress log.
1. Press the LOG/TUNE key momentary to open the Log file menu.
WATCH KEEPING
Select log file AUTO ACK
DISTRESS
2187.5RECEIVED
6312.0
4207.5
ORDINARY
16804.5
12577.0
8414.5
RECEIVED DISTRESS
ROUTINE
2177.0TRANSMITTED
6331.0
4219.5
8436.5
16903.0
12657.0
35°00.000N
MANUAL
135°00.000E 23:59

5-36

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose desired log and push the ENTER knob. For example,
choose the RECEIVED DISTRESS log and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to scroll the log. Asterisk indicates unread message.
log
* Rcvd distress
*
DISTRESS

01.APR-10-19:58
02.APR-10-19:56
03.APR-10-13:45
04.APR-10-11:52
05.APR-10-11:43
06.MAR-22-21:18

log
* Rcvd distress
*
DISTRESS
*

DISTRESS
DISTRESS
*
DISTRESS
DISTRESS
DISTRESS

Scroll with
the ENTER
knob.

45.MAR-01-23:45
46.FEB-28-19:56
47.FEB-28-19:48
48.FEB-28-19:44
49.FEB-21-12:36
50.FEB-17-12:34

OLD

*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
*DISTRESS
NEW

4. To view the contents of a file, do the following:
a) Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the file desired and then push the ENTER knob.
DETAIL
DELETE

b) DETAIL is selected; push the ENTER knob.

* Received message *

FEB-17-2006-12:34:56

DISTRESS ALERT
SHIP ID IN DIST : 987654321
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED
POS : 12 34.0000N DIST: 43nm
123 45.0000E

TELEPHONE
NEXT ANSWER

AT 12:34
2182.0 KHZ

GO TO VIEW

10M10S
PREV

5. To scroll the log up and down, use the FILE/CURSOR and #/SETUP keys,
respectively. Use FILE/CURSOR key to scroll forward; the #/SETUP to scroll backward.
6. To print all files in the log selected, press the 8/PRINT key.
7. To reply to an unanswered call, rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER, press
the ENTER knob, and then press the CALL key.
8. To return to the log selected, press the CANCEL key.

5.9.2

Deleting log files

1. Do steps 1-3 and 4a) in the previous procedure to choose the file you wish to delete.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DELETE and then press the ENTER knob.
The log files are renumbered to reflect the deletion.

5-37

5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING

This page is intentionally left blank.

5-38

MENU OPERATION

The menu, consisting of main menus, provides access to less-often used function. It can be
accessed from both the RT and DSC screens.
1. Press the #/SETUP key to show the main menu.
MENU
HS. VOL 32
NB
ON
SQ 2000Hz
USER CH
MESSAGE
POSITION

DATE/TIME
MEM CLR
USR SETUP
SYS SETUP

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and press the ENTER knob to show
the Setup menu.
Setup
ALARM
SOUND
AUTO ACK
PRINT OUT
SCAN FREQ

6.1

KEY ASSIGN
SPECIAL MSG
FAX Rx DIS
HOOK SP OFF
TIMER 10MIN

Adjusting Handset Volume

Adjust handset volume from the HANDSET VOLUME window as follows:
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Choose HS. VOL and then push the ENTER knob to display the HANDSET VOLUME
window.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to adjust volume, and then push the ENTER knob.
HANDSET
VOLUME (0~63)

4. Press the CANCEL key.

6-1

6. MENU OPERATION

6.2

Noise Blanker

The noise blanker functions to remove pulse noise. You may turn it on or off as follows.
Normally, use it with OFF (default setting).
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose NB.
Push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate, and then push the
ENTER knob.
5. Press the CANCEL key.
“NB” appears in the equipment states area when choosing ON at step 4.

6.3

Squelch Frequency

If you change the squelch frequency (ex. For high voice), do the following procedure.
(default setting: 800Hz)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SQ.
Push the ENTER knob.
Enter frequency (range: 500-2000 Hz) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER
knob.
5. Press the CANCEL key.

6.4

User Channels

The USER CH menu allows registration and deleting of user TX and RX channels, where
permitted by the Authorities. Maximum 256 channels can be registered.

NOTICE
FURUNO will assume no responsibility
for the disturbance caused by the
unlawful or improper setting of user
channels.

6.4.1

Registering user channels

1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CH and then push the ENTER knob.
entry
*** User ch CH:
**
2-01

MODE: SSB
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.

6-2

TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:

2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5

RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:

2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5

6. MENU OPERATION

3. Push the ENTER knob to open the user channel options window.

*** User ch entryCH:** 2-01

MODE: SSB
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.

TX: 2111.5
TX:
2222.0
MODE
TX:
CH2333.5
TX:
2444.0
FREQ
TX: 2555.5

RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:

2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5

4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MODE and then push the ENTER knob.

*** User ch entryCH:**2-01

MODE: SSB
00201. TX:
2111.5
NBDP
DSC2222.0
00202. TX:
CW 2333.5
00203. TX:
00204. TX: 2444.0
00205. TX: 2555.5

RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:

2111.5
2222.0
2333.5
2444.0
2555.5

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate mode among SSB, NBDP and DSC and
then push the ENTER knob.

*** User ch entry
**0 0
MODE: SSB
CCH
H : :0 −2-01
00201.
00202.
00203.
00204.
00205.

TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:
TX:

2101.5
2202.0
2303.5
2404.0
2505.5

RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:
RX:

2101.5
2202.0
2303.5
2404.0
2505.5

- 256 channels may be registered.
- Band no. setting range is 1-29 and band channel no. range is
01-99.
- For DSC, four channels can be registered per band (2, 4, 6
8, 12, 16, 18, 22, 25).

6. Key in channel no. and then push the ENTER knob. For example, press 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and
then push the ENTER knob to enter channel 01234.
User ch entry
**
**
MODE : SSB
CH : 12-34
01234.
01240.
01241.
01242.
01250.

TX:
0.0
TX: 12666.0
TX: 12777.5
TX :
TX: 12999.5
RX :
TX: 12100.0

RX:
0.0
RX: 13666.0
RX: 13777.5
0.0 kHz
RX: 13999.5
0.0 kHz
RX: 13100.0

7. Enter TX frequency with the numeric keys.
8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RX.
9. Enter RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob.
10. Rotate the ENTER knob to display all channels entered.
11. Press the CANCEL key twice.

6-3

6. MENU OPERATION

6.4.2

Deleting user channels

Deleting individual user channels
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CH and then push the ENTER knob twice.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose CH and then push the ENTER knob.
Key in the channel number to be deleted, and then push the ENTER knob.
Tx and Rx frequencies are shown as “0.0 kHz”; push the ENTER knob to delete
channel.
6. Press the CANCEL key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.
Deleting all user channels

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MEM CLR and then push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CHANNELS and then push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES and then push the ENTER knob.
Press the CANCEL key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.

6.5

Preparing TX Message

For the individual, PSTN, Group and Test messages, you can create messages and store
them in the memory for future use. You can recall these messages, for editing or sending,
with the */FILE/CURSOR key. Maximum 100 messages can be stored into the memory.

6.5.1
1.
2.
3.
4.

Preparing individual calls

Press the #/SETUP key to open the setup menu.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE.
Push the ENTER knob.
Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL

MSG TYPE
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: INDIVIDUAL

PSTN
MESSAGE
: --------TEST MESSAGE
: TELEPHONE
GROUP MESSAGE

: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the ENTER knob.

6-4

6. MENU OPERATION

6. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID entry window.

* Message file entry

MSG TYPE
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: INDIVIDUAL
: --------000000000
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

7. Key in ID of coast station or ship station with the numeric keys and then push the
ENTER knob.
8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE window.
entry
* Message: file
GROUP CALL

MSG TYPE
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: INDIVIDUAL
TELEPHONE
: 012345678
: 001234567
NBDP
: Routine
: TELEPHONE
NBDP-FEC
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired and then push the
ENTER knob.
10. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ window.

* Message file entry

MSG TYPE:
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

INDIVIDUAL
: 123456789
NO INFO
: TELEPHONE
FREQUENCY
: NO
INFO
CHANNEL
: 2M-INTL
POSITION*

* NO INFO and POSITION appears
when coast station ID is entered in
the field STATION ID.

11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate item and then push the ENTER knob.
Call to coast station: NO INFO or POSITION.
Call to ship station: FREQUENCY or CHANNEL. Enter appropriate frequency or
channel, referring to page 5-3.
12. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.

Message2file
entry
MHZ

MSG TYPE
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

4 MHZ
: INDIVIDUAL
6 MHZ
: 001234567
8 MHZ
: 12
TELEPHONE
MHZ
: NO INFO
: 2M-INL

Rotate ENTER knob
to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ

6-5

6. MENU OPERATION

13. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER
knob.
14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the
ENTER knob.
15. Enter file name and number as shown below.
How to Enter File Name and Number
1. Push the ENTER knob to open the file name entry window.

* Message file entry
FILE NAME
: ---------------FILE NUMBER : --FILE ENTRY

2. Use the numeric keys and ENTER knob to enter file name (max. 16 characters). For
example, enter FURUNO as the file name.
Key and available character, symbol
1
: 1→(blank)→1
2ABC : 2→A→B→C→2
3DEF
: 3→D→E→F→3
4GHI
: 4→G→H→I→4
5JKL
: 5→J→K→L→5
6MNO : 6→M→N→O→6
7PQRS : 7→P→Q→R→S→7
8TUV
: 8→T→U→V→8
9WXYZ : 9→W→X→Y→Z→9
0
: 0→_→ − →0
1. Rotate ENTER knob to select location.
2. Press appropriate key.

How to enter "FURUNO" as file name
1. Press the 3 key to display F.
2. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor.
3. Press the 8 key to select U.
4. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor.
5. Press the 7 key to select R.
6. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor.
7. Press the 8 key to select U.
8. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor.
9. Press the 6 key to select N.
10. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor.
11. Press the 6 key to select O.
12. Push the ENTER knob.

3. Push the ENTER knob to open the file number entry window. Key in file number in three
digits with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. For example, press 0, 0, 1,
ENTER knob to enter file number 001.

* Message file entry
FILE NAME
: FURUNO
--FILE NUMBER : 001
FILE ENTRY

6-6

Note: The available file number is 001-799 and
900-999.

6. MENU OPERATION

4. Push the ENTER knob. The display shows the name and file number entered.

* Message file entry
FURUNO
No.001 file entered
Go to next file?
YES: [ENT] key
NO: [CANCEL] key

If the file name or number exists the message
"Duplicate name (number) ! Overwrite OK?" appears.
Push the ENTER knob to write over the name, or
press the CANCEL key to escape.

FILE ENTRY

5. Push the ENTER knob to continue

6.5.2

Preparing group calls

To receive the group calls, registering of the group ID is necessary as below.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE.
Push the ENTER knob.
Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL

MSG TYPE
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: INDIVIDUAL

PSTN
MESSAGE
: --------TEST MESSAGE
: TELEPHONE
GROUP MESSAGE

: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose GROUP MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the GROUP ID entry window.

* Message file entry

MSG TYPE:
GROUP ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

GROUP MESSAGE
-------: 0000000000
: TELEPHONE
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

7. Key in ID of group with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob.

6-7

6. MENU OPERATION

8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu.

* Message file entry

MSG TYPE:
GROUP ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

GROUP MESSAGE
: 012345678
: TELEPHONE
: NO
INFO
NBDP-FEC
: 2M-INTL

9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push the
ENTER knob.
10. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ menu.

* Message file entry

MSG TYPE:
GROUP ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

GROUP MESSAGE
: 012345678
FREQUENCY
: TELEPHONE
CHANNEL
: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate item and then push the ENTER knob.
12. Enter frequency or channel.
13. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.

Message 2file
entry
MHZ
MSG TYPE
GROUP ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

4 MHZ
: INDIVIDUAL
6 MHZ
: 001234567
8 MHZ
: 12
TELEPHONE
MHZ
: NO INFO
:
2M-INTL

Rotate ENTER knob
to scroll.
16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ

14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER
knob.
15. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob.
16. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-6 to enter file name and
number.

6-8

6. MENU OPERATION

6.5.3
1.
2.
3.
4.

Preparing PSTN calls

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE.
Push the ENTER knob.
Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL

MSG TYPE
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: INDIVIDUAL

PSTN
MESSAGE
: --------TEST MESSAGE
: TELEPHONE
GROUP MESSAGE

: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose PSTN MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the COAST ID entry window.

* Message file entry

MSG TYPE
: PSTN MESSAGE
COAST ID
: 000000000
0------TEL NO.
: ---------------DSC FREQ

: 2M-INTL

7. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys then push the ENTER
knob.
8. Push the ENTER knob to open the TEL. NO. entry window.

* Message file entry

MSG TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO.
:

PSTN MESSAGE
: 001234567
: -------------------------------

DSC FREQ

: 2M-INTL

9. Key in telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER
knob.
10. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.

Rotate the ENTER knob
to scroll.

Message file
entry
2 MHZ

MSG TYPE:
COAST ID
TEL NO. :
DSC FREQ

4 MHZ
PSTN
CALL
6 MHZ
001234567
8 MHZ
1234567890--12 MHZ
: 2M-INTL

16 MHZ
18 MHZ
22 MHZ
25 MHZ

6-9

6. MENU OPERATION

11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER
knob.
12. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob.
13. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-6 to enter file name and
number.

6.5.4

Preparing test call

1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.
3. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu.
file entry
* MessageINDIVIDUAL

MSG TYPE
STATION ID
COMM MODE
COMM FREQ
DSC FREQ

: INDIVIDUAL

PSTN
MESSAGE
: --------TEST MESSAGE
: TELEPHONE
GROUP MESSAGE

: NO INFO
: 2M-INTL

4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TEST MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.
5. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID entry window.

* Message file entry
MSG TYPE
STATION ID

DSC FREQ

: TEST
000000000

2187.5 KHZ

6. Enter station ID where to send the test message and then push the ENTER knob.
7. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.
file entry
* Message2187.5

MSG TYPE
STATION ID

DSC FREQ

: Test
4207.5
: 001234567
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
:
kHz
12577.0
16804.5
VIEW

KHZ

8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the
ENTER knob.
9. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-6 to enter file name and
number.

6-10

6. MENU OPERATION

6.5.5

Sending prepared messages

Sending without modification
1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file
list. Below is an example of the send message file list.
Send message file
001 : FURUNO JAPAN
002 : FURUNO USA
003 : FURUNO UK
004 : FURUNO DENMARK
005 : FURUNO NORWAY
006 : FURUNO SPAIN

DOWN

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a file.
3. Press the CALL key to send the message.
Editing before sending
1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file
list.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose file desired and then push the ENTER knob.
DETAIL
DELETE

3. DETAIL is selected; push the ENTER knob. The message contents are shown on the
“Compose msg.” Screen.
4. Edit the message as necessary.
5. Press the CALL key to send the message.

6.5.6

Deleting send message

Deleting send messages individually
1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file
list.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose file desired and then push the ENTER knob.
DETAIL
DELETE

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DELETE and then push the ENTER knob.

6-11

6. MENU OPERATION

Deleting all messages
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the MEM CLR.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the MESSAGE FILES.
Push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES.
Push the ENTER knob.

6.5.7

Printing List of Send Message Files

You can print a list of send message files as follows:
1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key to open the Send message file list.
2. Press the 8/PRINT key.
3. YES is selected; push the ENTER knob to print.
********** Send message file **********
001. FURUNO JAPAN
INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE
002. FURUNO USA
INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE
003. FURUNO UK
PSTN MESSAGE
004. FURUNO DENMARK
GROUP MESSAGE
005. FURUNO NORWAY
INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE
006. FURUNO SPAIN
GROUP MESSAGE
007. FURUNO FRANCE
INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE

Note: Message not framed in actual printout.

6.6

Manual Entry of Position and Time

If there is no EPFS (Electronic Position-Fixing System) connected to this equipment or the
EPFS connected is not working (EPFS error indication appears), manually enter position
and time as follows:
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose POSITION.
3. Push the ENTER knob.

Position setup

Last updated: EPFS
LAT : 34 41.0000 N
LON : 135° 30.0000 E
TIME: 09: 00 UTC

“Last updated” shows the method used at the last time, EPFS, MANUAL or NO INFO
(information).

6-12

6. MENU OPERATION

Note: If, when “Last updated” is EPFS, input from the navigator is interrupted, the message
“EPFS error” appears. If this occurs, check the navigator.
4. Push the ENTER knob to show the position method window, and then rotate the ENTER
knob to choose the EPFS, MANUAL or NO INFO.
5. Press the ENTER knob. Go to step 6 only when choosing MANUAL at step 4.
6. Push the ENTER knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to enter
latitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: 1/RT/CH key to switch to North; 2/DSC key to
switch to South. Push the ENTER knob.

Position setup

**
34
°30.1234 N
12

Last up dated: MANUAL
NORTH
34LAT
41 : 34° 4134
° 30.1234 N
12
LON : 135° 30 EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC

After last digit
is entered

NORTH: [1] KEY
SOUTH: [2] KEY

7. Push the ENTER knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to
enter longitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: 1/RT/CH key to switch to East; 2/DSC
key to switch to West. Push the ENTER knob.

Position setup

Last up dated: MANUAL
LAT
34°4130NORTH
NORTH
LAT: : 34
LON
° 135
30
LON : 135
: 135˚
30
EAST
30.1234
E
12°EAST
TIME: 09: 00 UTC

**
135
12°30.1234 E

After last digit
is entered

EAST: [1] KEY
WEST: [2] KEY

8. Push the ENTER knob to open the time input window.
Position setup
Last up dated: MANUAL
LAT : 34
30.1234
N
: °34
41 NORTH
LON
30.1234
E
LON : 135
: °135˚
30 EAST
TIME 09:
: 12
09:
00 UTC
TIME:
00: 34
UTC

9. Enter UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob.
10. Press the CANCEL key.
Note: When “Last updated” is MANUAL, the message “Warning: Update position” appears
at set intervals (update interval selected with POSITION OLDER on the Alarm menu)
to ask you to update position.

6-13

6. MENU OPERATION

6.7

Date and Time Setting

Set the date and time for the system.
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DATE/TIME.
3. Push the ENTER knob.

Date/Time setup

SOURCE: INTERNAL
DATE: 2008/02/29
TIME: 11:45 UTC

SOURCE: Choose INTERNAL or EPFS (using ZDA).
DATE: Enter the date for manual setting.
TIME: Enter time for manual setting.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Choose DATE, and push the ENTER knob.
Use the numeric keys to enter year/month/date, and push the ENTER knob.
The cursor chooses TIME; push the ENTER knob.
Use the numeric keys to enter the time, and push the ENTER knob.

6.8

Memory Clear

Logs, messages files and user channels in the memory can be cleared. Also, the settings
are able to restore to the default setting.
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MEM CLR.
3. Push the ENTER knob.

Memory clear

RCVD ORDINARY LOG
RCVD DISTRESS LOG
TRANSMITTED LOG
MESSAGE FILES
USER CHANNELS
LOAD DEFAULT

6-14

6. MENU OPERATION

Clearing received ordinary log
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RCVD ORDINARY LOG.
2. Push the ENTER knob.
CLEAR
RCVD ORDINARY LOG.
ARE YOU SURE ?
NO
YES

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob.
Clearing received distress log
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RCVD DISTRESS LOG.
2. Push the ENTER knob.
CLEAR
RCVD DISTRESS LOG.
ARE YOU SURE ?
NO
YES

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob.
Clearing transmitted log
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TRANSMITTED LOG.
2. Push the ENTER knob.
CLEAR
TRANSMITTED LOG.
ARE YOU SURE ?
NO
YES

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob.

6-15

6. MENU OPERATION

Clearing message files
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE FILES.
2. Push the ENTER knob.
CLEAR
MESSAGE FILES.
ARE YOU SURE ?
NO
YES

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob.
Clearing user channels
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CHANNELS.
2. Push the ENTER knob.
CLEAR
USER CHANNELS.
ARE YOU SURE ?
NO
YES

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob.
Restoring to default setting
1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose LOAD DEFAULT.
2. Push the ENTER knob.
LOAD DEFAULT.

ARE YOU SURE ?
NO
YES

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob.

6.9

Setting Alarms

The Alarm setup menu enables or disables the internal and external alarm beep. Note that
the receiving alarm beep for the distress and urgency cannot be disable.
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ALARM, and push the ENTER knob.

6-16

6. MENU OPERATION

Default: ON
Disables/enables alarm for received Safety and
Routine calls.

OFF
ON

Rotate
ENTER
knob to choose.

**** Alarm setup ***

INTERNAL ALARM
POSITION OLDER

Default: 4.0 hours

: OFF
:4.0 H

Alarm is output when position is older by the
number of hours set here.

4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.5

EXT ALARM : DSTRS/URG
ALARM DISTANCE: 500 NM

Default: DSTRS/URG
Sets type of call to be output to the
DSTRS/URG
ROUTINE
IC-303.

Default: 500 NM
OFF

ALL
OFF

500 NM

DSTRS/URG: Distress or urgency
call output upon receipt.
ROUTINE:
Routine call output
upon receipt.
ALL:
All calls output.
OFF:
No output.

Enable or disable reception of the
distress alarm received from a ship
in distress which is more than 500
miles from own ship.

6.10

Sound Setting

The SOUND menu lets you set the volume for the following items:
•

Key click on/off

•

Volume of the receiving alarm for the safety and routine messages

•

Volume of the receiving alarm for the distress and urgency

1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SOUND, and push the ENTER knob.
Default: ON

***

Sound setup

***

KEY CLICK
: ON
ORDINARY ALARM : 30
DISTRESS ALARM : 63

OFF
ON

Turns on/off beep generated when
keyboard is operated.
Note: Do not confuse keyboard beep
(single beep) with ACK beep
(three beeps).

ORDINARY ALARM
VOLUME (0~63)

Rotate ENTER knob
to set.
Sets
loudness of Safety,
47
Routine and Old Position
alarms.

DISTRESS ALARM
VOLUME (38~63)

Rotate ENTER knob
to set.

Sets loudness of Distress and Urgency alarms.

6-17

6. MENU OPERATION

6.11

Setting the AUTO ACK Details

The acknowledgement message may be sent automatically when you receive a message
which requires acknowledgement. You can also enable or disable it for position, polling and
test messages. Note that the automatic acknowledge is automatically disabled when RX
call contains error, as required by law. Further, automatic acknowledge is disabled in case
of OFF HOOK.
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AUTO ACK, and push the ENTER knob.
Default: ABLE
UNABLE Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key is set for "AUTO ACK."
ABLE: Sends ABLE acknowledge automatically.
ABLE
UNABLE: Sends UNABLE acknowledge automatically.
Note: Automatic acknowledge is automatically disabled
when RX call contains error, as required by law.
Further, automatic acknowledge is disabled in case of
OFF HOOK.
Default: NO REASON
Rotate ENTER
NO REASON
BUSY
knob to choose

Auto ack setup

COMPLY TYPE
: ABLE
UNABLE REASON :
NO REASON GIVEN
POSITION MESSAGE: OFF
POLLING MESSAGE: ON
TEST MESSAGE: ON

Default: ON
OFF
ON

6-18

Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key
is set for "AUTO ACK."
OFF: Disables automatic
acknowledgement of
test call.
ON: Enables automatic
acknowledgement of
test call.

EQUIP DISABLE
MODE NOT USABLE
CH NOT USABLE

Sets reason for UNABLE.
Note: This menu is the same as manual
acknowledgement. EQUIPMENT
DISABLE is shown in calls when
EQUIP DISABLE is selected.
Default: OFF
Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key
OFF
ON
is set for "AUTO ACK."
OFF: Disables automatic
acknowledgement of
position request.
ON: Enables automatic
acknowledgement of
position request.
Default: ON
OFF
ON

Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key
is set for "AUTO ACK."
OFF: Disables automatic
acknowledgement of
polling request.
ON: Enables automatic
acknowledgement of
polling request.

6. MENU OPERATION

6.12

Printing Messages

The Print Out menu enables/disables automatic printing of all transmitted and received calls
and the results of the daily test.
1. Press the SETUP key.
2. Choose USR SETUP and PRINT OUT in order, and push the ENTER knob to display
the Print out set up menu.
Default: MANUAL

* Print out setup *

AUTO
MANUAL

Select AUTO to automatically print
transmitted calls.

Default: MANUAL
XMIT MESSAGE: MANUAL
RCVD MESSAGE: MANUAL
DAILY TEST : MANUAL

AUTO
MANUAL

Select AUTO to automatically print
received calls.

Default: MANUAL
AUTO
MANUAL

Select AUTO to automatically print
results of Daily Test.

Sample printouts
Printing can be done automatically or manually. For manual printing, press the PRINT key.
Note that calls having more than one page (for example, received calls) are printed out in
their entirety.
* Received message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 *
DISTRESS ALERT
SELF-IDENTITY
: 777777777
NATURE OF DISTRESS
: UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS
DISTRESS COORDINATES
: NO INFORMATION
DISTRESS TELECOMMAND
: TELEPHONE
END OF SEQUENCE
: EOS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED
ERROR-CHECK
: OK
DSC FREQUENCY
TX: 2187.5 kHz
RX: 2187.5 kHz

* Received message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 *
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
DESTINATION ID
PRIORITY
SELF-IDENTITY
COMMUNICATION MODE
COMMUNICATION OPTION
WORKING FREQUENCY
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED
ERROR-CHECK
DSC FREQUENCY

Sample Received Message Printout (Distress)

:
:
:
:
:
:

111111111
ROUTINE
987654321
TELEPHONE
NO INFORMATION
NO INFORMATION

: OK

TX: 2177.0 kHz
RX: 2177.0 kHz

Sample Received Message Printout (Individual)
*Transmitted message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 *

*Transmitted message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 *

DISTRESS ALERT
SELF-IDENTITY
NATURE OF DISTRESS
DISTRESS COORDINATES
COMMUNICATION MODE
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED

INDIVIDUAL REQUEST
DESTINATION ID
: 123456789
PRIORITY
: ROUTINE
SELF-IDENTITY
: 111111111
COMMUNICATION MODE
: TELEPHONE
COMMUNICATION OPTION
: NO INFORMATION
WORKING FREQUENCY
: NO INFORMATION
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED
DSC FREQUENCY
TX: 2177.0 kHz
RX: 2177.0 kHz

DSC FREQUENCY

:
:
:
:

111111111
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS
NO INFORMATION
TELEPHONE

TX: 2177.0 kHz
RX: 2177.0 kHz

Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Distress) Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Individual)

Note: Messages are not framed in actual printouts.

6-19

6. MENU OPERATION

6.13

Setting Scan Frequencies

The Scan freq menu determines which DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan.
Follow the instructions below to select/deselect DSC routine and distress frequencies to
scan.
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SCAN FREQ, and then push the ENTER knob to
display the Scan freq setup menu.
setup
** Scan freqDISTRESS
*

ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 4M-INTL
F3 : 6M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL

2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M

:
:
:
:
:
:

FIXED
ON

ON
FIXED

ON
OFF

Distress and safety frequencies
1. Rotate the ENTER knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the DISTRESS column.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the frequency band and then push the ENTER knob.
For example, choose 4 MHz.
setup
** Scan freqDISTRESS
*

ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 2M-INTL
F3 : 4M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL

2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M

:
:
:
:
:
:

FIXED
OFF

ON
ON
FIXED

ON
OFF

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the
ENTER knob.
4. Press the CANCEL key three times to return to the radiotelephone screen.
Note: Regulations require that 2 MHz and 8 MHz and one more DSC distress frequency be
watched continuously. 2 MHz and 8 MHz cannot be turned off. Maximum three bands
may be turned off.

6-20

6. MENU OPERATION

Routine frequencies
1. Rotate the ENTER knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the ROUTINE column.
setup
** Scan freqDISTRESS
*

ROUTINE
F1 : 2M-INTL
F2 : 4M-INTL
F3 : 6M-INTL
F4 : 8M-INTL
F5 : 12M-INTL
F6 : 16M-INTL

2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M

:
:
:
:
:
:

FIXED
ON

ON
FIXED

ON
OFF

2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the frequency band. For example, choose F1.
Scan freq setup
**
*
ROUTINE
DISTRESS
OFF
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6

: 22M-INTL
MHZ
: 42M-USR3
MHZ
: 64M-INTL
MHZ
: 88M-INTL
MHZ
: 16M-LCL1

: 25M-LCL2

2M
4M
6M
8M
12M
16M

:
:
:
:
:
:

FIXED

ON
ON
FIXED

ON
OFF

3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a frequency to set.
4. Push the ENTER knob, and the display looks something like the one below.

** Scan freq setup *

ROUTINE
DISTRESS
F1INTL
: 2M-INTL
2M 2177.0
: FIXED
: T 2189.5/R
4M
:
ON
F2DIST
: 2M-USR3
: T2187.5/R 2187.5
6M : ON
F3 : 4M-INTL
8M : FIXED
F4 : 8M-INTL
12M : ON
F5 : 16M-LCL1
16M : OFF
F6 : 25M-LCL2

User channel appears if registered.

5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose frequency desired and then push the ENTER knob.
INTL:
International channels
DIST:
Distress channels
LOCAL1/LOCAL2: Local channels
USER:
User channel
6. Press the CANCEL key three times to return to the radiotelephone screen.
Note: Distress frequencies can be stored on the routine frequency memory. This is
convenient for backing up the watch-keeping receiver.

6-21

6. MENU OPERATION

6.14

Key Assignment

The 8/PRINT key can function as a short-key, providing quick access to a function without
opening the menu. You can program one of the functions listed below, and the default
setting is NONE (shortcut function is disabled).
•

NONE: Not assigned any function.

•

NB: Noise blanker on/off

•

TONE: Transmit/stop the tone signal.

•

SDUP/DUP: Changes the communication mode on the duplex channel (FS-5070 only)

1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose KEY ASSIGN, and push the ENTER knob.
Key assign setup
PRINT KEY: NONE

4. Push the ENTER knob.
5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose NONE, NB, TONE or SDUP/DUP as appropriate.
6. Push the ENTER knob.

6.15

Special Messages

Permission to transmit NEWTRAL CRAFT and MEDICAL TRANSPORT can be enabled or
disabled as follows:
1. Press the #/SETUP key.
2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob.
3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SPECIAL MSG, and push the ENTER knob to show
the following menu.
Special Msg Setup
MSG
MSG

4. Choose NEUTRAL MSG or MEDICAL MSG, and then push the ENTER knob.
UNABLE

5. Choose ABLE or UNABLE as appropriate, and then push the ENTER knob.
6. Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen.

6-22

6. MENU OPERATION

6.16

FAX Enable/Disable

You may enable or disable FAX use as follows. This setting is necessary when the facsimile
is connected and used to receive.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and then push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose FAX Rx and then push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ENABLE or DISABLE as appropriate and then push
the ENTER knob.
When choosing ENABLE, “FAX” is added to the emission mode.

CH:
200
Tx: 2182.0 kHz
Rx: 2182.00 kHz
Emission mode

SSB
SSBSIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ
SEN
S
TLX
LA
10.0A
FAX
MMSI
AM xxxxxxxxx
UTC 00:00
35 00.0000N
135 00.0000E

EPFS 23:59

5. Press the CANCEL key twice return to the radiotelephone screen.

6.17

Speaker Setting in Off Hook

When the handset is off hook, you may choose to turn the speaker (panel speaker or
external speaker) on or off. The default setting is OFF, which turns off the speaker when the
handset is off hook. The ON position keeps the speaker on always, regardless of handset
state.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP and push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose HOOK SP OFF, push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate, and push the ENTER
key.

6.18

Operation Timer Off

When the screen which cannot receive the DSC message is active more than 10 minutes
without any operation, the control unit returns to the radiotelephone screen automatically.
You can enable/disable this function as below:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the #/SETUP key.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP and push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TIMER, push the ENTER knob.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose 10MIN or OFF as appropriate, and push the ENTER
knob.

6-23

6. MENU OPERATION

This page is intentionally left blank.

6-24

NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

7.1

Turning on the NBDP System

Turn on the terminal unit and the printer with their respective power switches.
Brilliance, Contrast control

Operating Lamp

Floppy Disk Drive

POWER Switch

Esc

F11

F12

& 7

5 C

4
E

Caps Lock

Tab

(

U 4

Num
Lock

F10

J 1

Prt Sc

Scroll
Lock

SysRq

)
0

K 2

{

}

[

]

;
Z

Shift

Ctrl

Alt

M 0

|
\
Enter

Alt

Backspace

L 3

Delete

Break

O 6

Insert

Pause

Floppy Disk Drive
TERMINAL UNIT IB-583

TERMINAL UNIT IB-581

POWER Switch

Shift
PgUp

Ctrl
Home

End

KEYBOARD (ex.: IB-581)

PgDn

PRINTER PP-510

POWER
Switch

NBDP terminal unit, printer and keyboard
Note 1: To power the system, turn on the control unit then turn on the NBDP terminal unit.
Note 2: The Printer PP-510 prints messages. Refer to its operator’s manual for operating
information.
Note 3: When the NBDP has priority, the control unit displays “OCCUPIED (NBDP) ”.
Note 4: The name for the Insert and Delete keys is different depending on the Terminal Unit
(keyboard) used. They are Insert and Delete on IB-581 and Ins and Del on IB-583.
This manual shows Insert, Delete.

7-1

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

7.2

Description of Equipment

7.2.1

Terminal unit

The terminal unit is a visual display incorporating a floppy disk drive, which provides for
storage of files on floppy disks. Two models are available, IB-581 (monochrome) and IB-583
(color). Controls for power and adjustment of display brilliance and contrast are provided on
the front panel of the IB-581. To adjust the brilliance on the IB-583, press Alt while pressing
F6 to lower the brilliance; F7 to raise it. (The IB-583 does not have a control for adjustment
of contrast.) Eight levels of brilliance are available.
When the terminal unit is turned on, the communication status display, shown below,
appears. This is where all phases of telex communications begin.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-10-15 2:26:45 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
Frequency (T/R) :
. /
. (kHz) Comm Mode : AUTO
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume :
(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)

Communication status display
Features of the IB-583
The IB-583 is fitted with both English and Russian interface. Choose desired interface as
below:
English: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the E key.
Russian: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the R key.
The IB-583 has a battery (type CR2450-F2ST2L, code no. 000-144-941) on its TERM/CPU
Board (16P0209) and its life is about six years. When the voltage of the battery is low, the
time will be slow. When this occurs, contact your dealer about replacement of the battery.
Note: To switch between Russian and English input, press Alt while holding down Shift.
(This is available in Russian mode only.)

7-2

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

7.2.2

Keyboard

The terminal unit is operated from the keyboard, and is almost 100% keyboard controlled.
Operation is simplified by the use of menus which you access by pressing a function key,
labeled F1-F10 at the top of the keyboard. The figure below shows the function menus and
their corresponding function keys.
%

Note: C (Euro mark) on

key is not used.

5 C

FILE EDIT OPERATE WINDOW STATION SYSTEM WRU HR OVER BREAK

Esc

F11

F12

& 7

5 C

Tab

Caps Lock

(

J 1

Prt Sc

Scroll
Lock

SysRq

)

U 4

Num
Lock

F10

O 6

K 2

L 3

Ctrl

M 0

{

}

]

Enter

Shift
PgUp

Ctrl

Alt

Backspace

[

;
Shift

Delete

Break

Insert

Pause

Home

End

PgDn

Keyboard for IB-581

FILE

Esc

OPERATE
STATION
EDIT
WINDOW
SYSTEM

Num
Lock

Alt

~
,

P
:
;

L
3

<
,

>
. .
Alt

{
[

Shift

)

O
5 5

F10

I
4

Ctrl

(

Tab

Ctrl

Ins

OVER
BREAK

F12

F11

Caps
Lock

WRU

Prt Sc
Sys Rq
I

Backspace

}
]

"
'

Pause
Break
Home

Pg Up

\
Enter

Pg Dn
Enter

End

?
/

Scroll
Lock

Shift

Del

Keyboard for IB-583

7-3

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

7.3

Function Keys, Menu Operation

The function keys at the top of the keyboard control most operations of this unit through a
menu system.

7.3.1

Menu conventions

Inverse video
As you move the cursor down through a menu, a selected item, initially shown as white on
black (monochrome display), inverses to black on white. This highlighting indicates that it is
available for selection.
Underline
The underline shows current selection. In the figure below, for example, the underline is
beneath “ARQ” and “Channel.”
Station Entry
Station List
Create
Change

Station Set Up
Station : _
ID Code :
Mode
: ARQ FEC
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable
Num/Table:

Inverse Video

Underline

Station entry screen
Note: The example display screen shown in this manual are taken from the IB-583. The
screens of the IB-581 are nearly identical to those of the IB-583 except cursor
configuration.

7-4

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

7.3.2

Menu overview

Selecting menus
Press appropriate function key to open a menu. To display the File menu, for example,
press the function key F1.
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format

File menu
Selecting menu items and options
Menu items can be selected by pressing appropriate numeric key or selecting item desired
with the arrow keys and pressing the Enter key. Menu options can be selected by operating
the ← or → keys. After selecting option desired, press the Enter key to register your
selection and close the menu.
Closing menu
Press the ESC key several times. To open the menu, press the function key to use.

7-5

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

7.3.3

Function key description

Function key [F1]: File menu
The File menu is where you will create, open, save and print telex messages. Floppy disks
are also formatted from this menu.
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format

File menu
1: New

Opens a new untitled window.

2: Open

Opens files.

3: Close

Closes files.

4: Delete

Deletes files.

5: Rename

Renames files.

6: Real Time Printing

Turns real time printing on/off.

7: File to Print

Prints files.

8: Cancel Printing

Stops printing.

9: Clear Buffer

Clears the communications buffer.

0: Floppy Disk Format

Formats a floppy disk.

7-6

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Function key [F2]: Edit menu
The Edit menu provides a full line of editing features.
Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text

Edit menu
1: Undo

Cancels the last change (cut, copy or paste).

2: Cut

Removes the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous
text in the paste buffer is cleared.)

3: Copy

Copies the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text
in the paste buffer is cleared.)

4: Paste

Inserts the text stored in the paste buffer at the current location of the
cursor.

5: Select All

Selects the entire current file for cut or copy.

6: Search

Searches a file for a character string.

7: Replace

Replaces a word with a different word or character string.

8: Goto Top

Brings the cursor to the top line of the current file.

9: Goto Bottom

Brings the cursor to last line of the current file.

0: Goto Line

Moves the cursor to the desired line in the current file.

A: Change Text

Switches between the display window 1 and 2.

7-7

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Function key [F3]: Operate menu
The Operate menu mainly controls transmitting and receiving.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency

Operate menu
1: Call Station

Chooses a station from the station list.

2: Macro Operation

Enables macro operation. For details, see paragraph 10.10.

3: File to Send

Selects a file (to transmit).

4: Cancel Sending

Stops sending a file.

5: Scan Start/Stop

Starts/stops frequency scanning.

6: Manual Reception

Selects communication mode for reception; AUTO, ARQ, FEC
DIRC.

7: Timer Operation

Timer programming.

8: Manual Calling

Sets TX mode and subscriber’s ID number in manual calling.

9: Set Frequency

Sets TX and RX frequencies in manual calling.

7-8

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Function key [F4]: Window menu
The Window menu lets you display the corresponding data of the window below.
Window
1: Calendar
2: Distress Frequency Table

Window menu
1: Calendar

Displays desired calendar month and year. To change year
or month, choose item with ↑ or ↓ key and change setting
with ← or → key.

2: Distress Frequency Table Displays all distress frequencies.
Distress Frequencies
Telephone (kHz): 2182.0 4125.0 6215.0 8291.0

12290.0

16420.0

NBDP

(kHz) : 2174.5

4177.5

6268.0

8376.5

12520.0

16695.0

DSC

(kHz) : 2187.5

4207.5

6312.0

8414.5

12577.0

16804.5

7-9

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Function key [F5]: Station menu
The Station menu provides for storage of stations, timer program setup, user channel setup,
and entry of various ID codes.
Station
1: Station Entry
2: Timer Operation Entry
3: Scan Entry
4: User Channel Entry
5: Answerback Code Entry
6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit)
7: Group ID Entry (9 digit)
8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit)
9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)

Station menu
1: Station Entry

Registers stations.

2: Timer Operation Entry

Registers timer programs.

3: Scan Entry

Creates scan groups for scanning.

4: User Channel Entry

Registers user channels.

5: Answerback Code Entry

Registers own ship’s answerback code.

6: Group ID Entry

Registers own ship’s group ID codes (4 or 5 digit).

7: Group ID Entry

Registers own ship’s group ID codes (9 digit).

8: Select ID Entry

Registers own ship’s selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).

9: Select ID Entry

Registers own ship’s selective ID codes (9 digit).

7-10

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Function key [F6]: System menu
The System menu is mainly for use by technicians and contains diagnostic tests. To change
settings, choose “Change” from the item “Setup” and operate arrow keys to choose item
and option. Press the Enter key to register selection and close the menu.
System
Lock Change Default

Setup
Slave Delay

8 msec (0- 50 msec)

TX/RX MSG Save
Edit Before sending

OFF O N
OFF O N

Time System
Time & Date
Window Color*
Self Test

OFF UTC SMT JST
2002/10/16 10:00:00

*: Display mode" shown on IB-581

Setup
Slave Delay

System menu
Locks, changes settings; restores default system settings.
Sets the length of the slave delay timing from the end of RX to
the start of TX in the ARQ mode. The default setting is suitable in
most cases. This item cannot be adjusted by the user.
3 char. RX
ARQ mode
signal
sequence

3 char. RX

Slave Delay Timing
RX end

ACK signal

TX start

TX/RX MSG Save

Turn on to automatically save incoming and outgoing messages to
a floppy disk. “Log” appears at the top of the screen when on.

Edit Before sending

“OFF” transmits keying operation one by one. “ON” transmits
message only when the Enter key is pressed after confirming text
typed.

Time System

Chooses time system.
UTC: Coordinated universal time
SMT: Local time
JST: Japan standard time.

Time & Date

Enter date and time manually. If a navigation device is connected,
the time is automatically set when the power is turned on or
whenever the time system is switched. Manual entry takes priority
over automatic entry. This item cannot be adjusted when using
JST or UTC.

7-11

7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Window Color (IB-583) Chooses display colors. To change display colors:
1. Choose the option Change from Setup.
2. Press the ↓ key to choose Window Color and press the Enter
key.
Window Color Change
Window Color Setup
Default Color
To Change: ENTER To quit: ESC

3. The cursor is choosing Window Color Setup; press the Enter
key.
Window Color Setup
Window
: [BASE WINDOW ]
Fore Color : [L-WHITE
]
Back Color : [BLUE
]
To Change: ENTER

To Change Value: L<=>R

4. Press the → key to choose the item to change: BASE
WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-2, FUNCTION, SUB MENU
1-3, MESSAGE.
5. Press the ↓ key to choose Fore Color.
6. Press the → key to choose color: L-WHITE, BLACK, BLUE,
GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, WHITE, GRAY,
L-BLUE, L-GREEN, L-CYAN, L-RED, L-MAGENTA, YELLOW.
7. Press the ↓ key to choose Back Color.
8. Press the → key to choose color.
9. Press the ↑ key to choose Window.
10. Repeat the step 4 to 9 to set other colors.
11. Press the Enter key followed by the Esc key.
Display Mode (IB-581) Selects display mode to normal and reverse alternately.
Self Test: Starts diagnostic test.
Function key [F7]: WRU (Who Are You?): In the ARQ mode, requests other station’s
answerback code.
Function key [F8]: HR (Here Is): In the ARQ mode, sends your ship’s answerback code.
Function key [F9]: OVER: In the ARQ mode, switches the direction of traffic; the
information receiving station becomes the information sending station, the information
sending station becomes the information receiving station.
Function key [F10]: Break: Disconnects the line.

7-12

NBDP PREPARATIONS

This chapter provides the procedures necessary for preparing the NBDP Terminal Unit for
transmitting and receiving. For automatic telex, you will need to register the following:
•
•
•
•
•

Your ship’s ID and answerback codes
Stations
Timer programs
Scan channel groups
User channels

8.1

Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes

Enter your ship’s answerback code and ID codes as shown below.
Note: The answerback and ID codes cannot be changed once entered; be sure to enter the
codes correctly.

8.1.1

Registering answerback code

1. Press the function key F5 and then the 5 key. The display should look something like the
illustration below.
Answerback Code Entry
Answerback Code
_

Answerback code entry screen
2. Enter your ship’s answerback code (max. 20 characters, including spaces) and press
the Enter key. The prompt “OK/Cancel” asks for verification of data. If the code is correct,
press the Enter key again.
Note: Example of answerback code: 123456789 FURU X.

8-1

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS

For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Answerback Code Entry
Answerback Code
O K
123456789 FURU X
Cancel

Caution
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.

Message for confirmation of code entered
3. If the code is correct, press the Enter key again.

8.1.2

Registering ID codes

1. Press function key F5 and then the 6, 7, 8 or 9 key to enter the Group ID Code (4 or 5
digits), Group ID Code (9 digits), Select ID Code (4 or 5 digits) or Select ID Code (9
digits), respectively.
Select ID Entry
Select ID Code (4/5)
_

ID code entry screen
2. Enter Group ID or Select ID as appropriate and then press the Enter key. A prompt asks
you to verify data. If the ID is correct, press the Enter key.
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.
Select ID Entry
Select ID Code (4/5)
12345

Cancel

Caution
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.

Message for confirmation of code entered
3. If the ID is correct, press the Enter key again.

8-2

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS

8.2

Station List

The station list provides for storage of up to 50 stations, one frequency pair (RX and TX) per
station. For stations which have more than one frequency pair, you might add a suffix to the
station name to denote multiple frequency pairs. For example, station name FURUNO
followed by –1, -2, -3, etc. for each frequency pair required.

8.2.1

Registering stations

1. Press the function key F5 followed by the 1 key to show the Station Entry screen.
Station Entry
Station List
Create
Change

Station Set Up
Station : _
ID Code :
Mode
: ARQ FEC
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable
Num/Table:

Station entry screen
On the right-hand side of the screen, Create and Change are shown.

Create should be underlined. If it is not, underline it by pressing →, ↑ and the Enter key.
The cursor is now choosing Station. Enter station name, using up to 18 characters.
Press the ↓ key to choose ID Code. Enter station ID code.
Press the ↓ key to choose Mode. Choose communication mode with ← or → among the
following:
ARQ: Automatic Retransmission Request
FEC: Forward Error Correction
6. Press the ↓ key to choose CH/Table. Choose Channel or ScanTable as appropriate.
7. Press the ↓ key to choose Num/Table.
2.
3.
4.
5.

8-3

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS

8. If you selected “Channel” at step 6, enter ITU channel number (see Appendix) or User
channel number.
9. If you selected “ScanTable” at step 6, press the → key to show scan group list
registered. For scan group, refer to paragraph 8.5.
10. Choose a scan group name by using the ↓ or ↑ key followed by pressing the Enter key.
Scanning Group List
INTREPID
VOYAGER
▼

GLOBAL

Scanning group list
11. Press the Enter key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data.
O

Cancel

OK/Cancel prompt
12. If the data are correct, press the Enter key. (To cancel entry, place the cursor on Cancel
by pressing the ↓ key, and then hit the Enter key. Data entered are erased.) The station
name entered at step 3 appears at the Station List window.
13. To register other stations, press the Enter key twice and then repeat steps 3 through 10.
14. Press the ↓ key. Check data on the Station List for correctness. Stations displayed in
reverse video on the Station List are displayed on Station Set Up.
15. Press the ESC key to quit.
Note 1: If you enter a station which already exists, the indication “Station by that
name already exists. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key
to return to the Station List. Check the list.
Note 2: If you enter an invalid code, the message “Input Error. (ID Code) Press
any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and reenter ID code.

8.2.2
1.
2.
3.
4.

Editing/Deleting stations

Press the function key F5 and then the 1 key.
Press the ↓ key to choose a station name from the Station List.
Press the → key followed by ↓ key to choose Change and press the Enter key.
Do one of the following;
Edit station:
Use ↑, ↓ and the Backspace key to make corrections.
Delete station: Erase station name with the Backspace key.

5. Press the Enter key twice.
6. Press the Esc key.

8-4

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS

8.3

Timer Programming

A built-in timer allows you to automatically receive and transmit files. 10 timer programs can
be registered. To enable timer operation, see section 10-6.

8.3.1

Registering timer programs

1. Press the function key F5 and the 2 key to display the Timer Operation Entry screen.
Timer Operation Entry
Timer Operation List
Create
Change

Timer Operation Set Up
Operation
Station
Start Time
Stop Time
Receive/Send
File to Send

: _
:
: 0: 00: 00
: 0: 00: 00
: Receive Send
:

Press [→] to show station list, file list.

Timer operation entry screen
2. If Create is not underlined, press →, ↑ and the Enter key to underline it.
3. Operation is selected. Enter a suitable operation name on the Operation line. Any
alphanumeric characters may be used.
Note: If the operation name entered already exists, the display “Operation
name already exists. Press any key to escape.” Press any key and
change the operation name.
4. Press the ↓ key to choose Station.
5. Press the → key to display the Station List (which you registered stations in the previous
paragraph.)
6. Choose a station and press the Enter key.
7. Press the ↓ key to choose Start Time. Enter start time, in 24-hour notation. To have the
operation start at 8:35 a. m., for example, the keying sequence would be;
0 8 3 5 0 0
8. Press the ↓ key to choose Stop Time. Enter stop time, in 24-hour notation.
9. Press the ↓ key to choose Receive/Send. Choose operation category; Receive or Send.
If you have chosen “Send,” go to step 10. For “Receive,” go to step 12.
10. For send, insert the floppy disk which you want to send in the floppy drive, press the ↓
key to choose File to Send.
11. Press the → key to display the TX window, choose a file, and press the Enter key twice.
12. Press the Enter key.
13. Press the Enter key. The operation name appears in the Timer Operation List.
14. To enter another timer program, press the Enter key twice and the repeat steps 3-11.
15. Press the Esc key to finish.

8-5

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS

8.3.2
1.
2.
3.
4.

Editing/Deleting timer programs

Press the function key F5 and the 2 key.
Choose a timer program name from the Timer Operation List.
Press the → key to choose Change and press the Enter key.
Do one of the following;
Edit program:
Use ↑, ↓ and the Backspace key to make corrections.
Delete program: Erase operation name with the Backspace key.

5. Press the Enter key twice.
6. Press the Esc key.

8.4

User Channels

The user channel list provides storage for up to 100 user channels, numbered 0-99. Note
that user channels may be used in channel scanning.

8.4.1

Registering user channels

1. Press the function key F5 and then the 4 key to show the User Channel Entry screen.
User Channel Entry
Channel List
Create
Change

Channel Set Up
Channel
Tx Freq
Rx Freq

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

: _
:
:

0.00
0.00

User channel entry screen
If Create is not underlined, press →, ↑ and the Enter key to underline it.
Channel is selected. Enter channel number.
Note 1: 100 channels may be registered. When you attempt to register more, the
message “Channel memory is full. Press any key to escape.” Appears. In this case
delete unnecessary channels to register new ones.)
Note 2: If the channel entered already exists, the message “Channel by that number
already exists. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and then reenter
number.
Press the ↓ key to choose “Tx Freq.” Enter TX frequency.
Press the ↓ key to choose “Rx Freq.” Enter RX frequency.
Press the Enter key. The ”OK/Cancel” confirmation window appears.
Press the Enter key. Channel number entered appears in the Channel List.
To quit, press the Esc key.

8-6

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS

8.4.2
1.
2.
3.
4.

Editing/Deleting user channels

Press function key F5 and then the 4 key.
Press the ↑ or ↓ key to choose channel from the Channel List.
Press ↓ and → keys to choose Change and press the Enter key.
Do one of the following:
Edit channel:
Use ↑, ↓ and the Backspace key to make modifications.
Delete channel: Erase channel number with the Backspace key.

5. Press the Enter key twice.
6. Press the Esc key.

8.5

Scan Channel Groups

You may store up to 10 scan groups, 20 channels per group. Note that scanning is only
possible in the ARQ and FEC modes.
The NBDP Terminal Unit can control radio equipment through channel scanning. In FEC
mode, the radio equipment scans a number of channels (according to your selection),
stopping when an incoming signal is found. In the ARQ mode it stops when your own ID
code is detected in an incoming signal. Also, in the ARQ mode, the transmitter is then tuned
to the corresponding transmitter frequency, the communication link is established and the
traffic is automatically exchanged. Scanning resumes once the link is disconnected.

8.5.1

Registering scan channel groups

You may register ITU and user scan channels as follows:
1. Press the function key F5 followed by the 3 key to display the Scan Entry screen.
Scan Entry
Scanning Group List
Create
Change

Scanning Set Up
Group Name
Ch Dwell Time
Mode
Auto Search
No
0
1
2
3
4
▼5

Channel

:
:
:
:

_
4.5 sec (2.7-4.5 sec)
AUTO ARQ FEC
OFF ON
Rx Freq

Tx Freq

Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan
Pass/Scan

Scan entry screen
2. If Create is not underlined, press →, ↓ and the Enter key to underline it.
3. Group Name is selected. Enter suitable group name. (10 group names may be entered.
If you attempt to enter more the message “Scan group memory is full. Press any key to
escape.” Appears. Press any key and then delete unnecessary group names to enter

8-7

8. NBDP PREPARATIONS

new ones. If the group name already exists, the message “Scan group by that name
already exists. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and change the scan
group name.)
4. Press the ↓ key to choose Ch Dwell Time. Enter channel dwell time in seconds. Dwell
time is the time in seconds the receiver waits on each channel in a scan group before it
selects the next frequency.
5. Press the ↓ key to choose Mode, and then choose the communication mode; AUTO,
ARQ or FEC.
Note: AUTO is used to register scanning channel group when both ARQ and FEC exist
in the same Scanning Channel Group. When you choose scan group by the call
station menu, set Mode to FEC. See paragraph 10.3.
6. Press the ↓ key to choose Auto Search. Choose Auto Search to ON or OFF.
Auto Search ON: The radio stops scanning when it finds the strongest signal (highest
S/N ratio). To find the strongest signal, the radio scans all channels,
which may take some time. Therefore, use this setting where signal
propagation is poor.
Auto Search OFF: The radio stops scanning on the first signal it finds. We recommend
that you set Auto Search to OFF when signal propagation is good.
7. Press the ↓ key to choose line no. 1 in the Scanning Set Up window.
8. Enter channel number (ITU or user channels) and press the → key to choose “Scan.” (If
you enter an invalid channel, the message “ Channel by that number does not exist.
Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and reenter channel.)
9. Press the ↓ key to choose line No. 2. Enter channel number.
10. Enter other channel numbers and then press the Enter key. A confirmation message
appears.
11. Press the Enter key again to save the data. The group name is displayed in the
Scanning Group List window.
12. To continue, press the Enter key twice and then repeat steps 3-10.
13. Press the Esc key to quit.

8.5.2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Editing/Deleting scan channel groups

Press the function key F5 and the 3 key.
Choose scan group name from the Scanning Group List.
Press the → key to choose Change and press the Enter key.
Press the ↓ key to place the cursor on the field (channel) to change.
Do one of the following:
Editing channels: Press the Backspace key to delete the channel number and then enter
new channel number.
Adding channels: Enter channel number on a blank line.
Deleting scan group: Delete group name with the Backspace key.
Disabling channels temporarily: Press the ← key to underline Pass.

6. Press the Enter key twice.
7. Press the ESC key.

8-8

NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

This chapter mainly describes how to create, save, open, edit and print files. The Edit menu
provides a full lineup of editing facilities, including search and replace.

9.1

Opening and Closing Files

To create a telex message you will need to make a new file, which you do with the File
Open command. When you open a new file it is placed (opened) in one of two working
areas. When both working areas are occupied you must close a file to open a new file. This
is done with the File Close command.
Floppy Disk Memory

File 1

File 2

One of
two

Display Unit's
Memory
(Working area)

File 3

Display

Switchable from
"Change Text" on
Edit menu

How a file is opened

9.2

Creating Files

1. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu.
File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Printing
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format

File menu
2. Press the 1 key to choose New. The title bar shows UNTITLED 1 or UNTITLED 2. The
cursor marks the location where you may type text.
3. Type your message.

9-1

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

Note: Do not use lower case letters, or the symbols #, &, *, $ and % in telex messages.
Also, do not put “$$$” in the middle of a TX message, but at the end. The
communication line is automatically disconnected when this string is detected.

9.3

Saving a File

Use only 2HD type floppy disks. Insert floppy disk with care. Rough handling can destroy
the information stored inside. To eject a disk, press the eject button on the right side of the
floppy disk drive and then remove the disk. Do not eject a disk while the operating lamp is
lit; the contents of the disk may become damaged.
Hole opened: Write protect

Write-protect Tab
Write-Protect Tab

9.3.1

Formatting floppy disks

Before you can save a file to a floppy disk, the disk must be formatted. Formatting prepares
the disk for use in the system.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press function key F1, and insert a new floppy disk in the disk drive.
Press the 0 key to choose Floppy Disk Format.
Press the ↑ key to choose Yes.
Press the Enter key. For the IB-581, insert a new floppy disk in the drive
Press the Enter key. For the IB-583, the screen shows formatting progress as below.
Floppy Disk Format
9%

6. After formatting has been completed, the following occurs;
IB-581: You are asked “Format another (Y/N)?” Press N and Enter to quite.
IB-583: Control is returned to the standby screen.

9-2

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

9.3.2

Saving a file

1. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu.
2. Press the 3 key. The screen should look something like the illustration at right.
Close Text
Save file ?

Yes

( UNTITLED1

)

Close text screen
3. Yes is selected; press the Enter key.
4. Enter file name, using up to eight characters.
You may use any alphabet or numeric on the keyboard. But you may not use the symbols
shown below. You may add an extension at the end of the file name, for example, .TXT, to
distinguish text files from macro files.

: " > < ;

5. Press the Enter key.

9.4

Editing Files

9.4.1

Cutting and pasting text

You can delete, move and copy text by using the Cut, Copy and Paste functions in the Edit
menu.
Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text

Edit menu

9-3

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

Cutting text
1. Place the cursor on the first character of the text to be cut.
2. Highlight the text to be cut by pressing and holding the Shift key while pressing the →. If
you highlight text which you do not want to cut, press the ← to adjust the highlight.
<[1]UNTITLED1>
CONGULATULATION ON YOUR CHOICE OF DP-6
INMARSAT B MOBILE EARTH STATION.
WE ARE CONFIDENT THAT YOU WILL ENJOY MANY YEARS OF
OPERATION WITH THIS FINE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT

The highlight
3. Press the function key F2 and the 2 key, or the Delete key. The highlighted text is cut
and the remaining text is reformatted.
If you make a mistake, you can restore the text by immediately selecting Undo from the Edit
menu.
Pasting text
To paste the cut text to a new location, do the following:
1. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the cut text is to start.
2. Press the function key F2 and the 4 key, or the Insert key.

9.4.2

Copying and pasting text

You may copy a portion of text and paste it elsewhere.
1. Choose the text to copy. (See “cutting text” above for the procedure.)
2. Press the function key F2 and the 3 key.
The text selected is copied to the paste buffer memory where the cut or copied text is stored.
The display returns to the normal screen.
3. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the copied text is to start.
4. Press the function key F2 and the 4 key.

9-4

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

9.4.3

Select all

The Select All feature lets you select all of the file currently displayed. This feature can be
useful when you want to combine files. The procedure below explains how to place the file
loaded in working area 1 onto the end of the file loaded in working area 2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Load the file to be copied from a floppy disk in working area 1.
Press the function key F2 and the 5 key. The entire file appears in inverse video.
Press the function key F2 and the 3 key. The file is placed in the paste buffer memory.
Load the file to be combined in working area 2.
Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the text now in the paste buffer
memory is to start and press the Insert key.
Working
Area 1
1

Open
file

Floppy
Disk

Paste
Buffer
Memory

2
Transfer
(copy)

Holds cut or
copied text

Working
Area 2
4

Paste (Combine)

Copy and paste flow diagram

9.4.4

Searching text

The Search feature lets you search for text in a forward or backward direction.
1. Display a text and press the function key F2 and the 6 key. The Search display appears.
Search
Dir
Forward

Search string :

Backward
ESC: Quit

Search screen
2. Type the word you want to find. Press the → key. Use ↑ or ↓ to choose “Forward” or
“Backward” to search the file in a forward or backward direction respectively from the
cursor position. Press the Enter key to begin the search.
When the unit finds the word, the cursor stops at the first character of the word. Press the
Enter key to continue the search. If the string could not be found, the message “Not Found
(To quit: ESC)” appears. Press the Esc key to quit.

9-5

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

9.4.5

Replacing text

The Replace feature helps you replace every occurrence of a word or phase with another
word or phase in a file.
1. Press the function key F2 and the 7 key. The Replace display appears.
Replace
Dir
Search string :
Forward
Forward
--------------Replace with :
Backward

Mode
Query
All

To quit: ESC

Replace screen
2.
3.
4.
5.

Type the word you want to replace on the “Search string” line.
Press the ↓ key to choose “Replace with.” Type the new word.
Press the → key.
Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose Forward or Backward to search the file in a forward or
backward direction respectively from the cursor position.
6. Press the → key.
7. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose whether you want to be queried or not each time the word
is found.
Query: Stop at each occurrence of word to answer yes or no to replacement.
All:
Replace every occurrence of word without stopping to confirm.
8. Press the Enter key to start the replacement.

9.4.6

Goto line

The Goto line feature places the cursor at the head of a line desired.
1. Press the function key F2 and the 0 key. The following display appears.
Goto Line
Jump to Line No. :

Goto line screen
2. Key in line number and press the Enter key. The cursor shifts to the head of the line
selected.

9.4.7

Goto top, Goto bottom

You can easily go to the top or bottom line of a file. Press F2, 8 to go to the top line; press
F2, 9 to go to the bottom line. Note that this feature can also be executed on the editor
screen by pressing the Home or End key while pressing the Fn key.

9-6

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

9.5

Opening Files

Two working areas (called working area 1 and working area 2) are provided to which you
can load a file, and one file may be displayed on the LCD.

9.5.1

Opening a file

1. Insert the floppy disk which contains the file you want to open.
2. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu.
3. Press the 2 key. A chronological list of files on the floppy disk appears.
Open Text
Load/Merge(TAB:Change)
[A:\TEST1.
]
File name
Size
Date & Time
LOG File
52
02-10-15 17:25
TEST1.
120
02-10-15 16:30
TEST2.
151
02-10-15 9:25
TEST3.
180
02-10-15 20:16
NBDP
169
02-10-15 6:23
[
End of Directory

4 Files exist
To select : ENTER

]

1454000 bytes free
To view : SPACE

To quit : ESC

4. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose a file.
5. Press the Enter key.
The file appears and the title bar shows the file name. You may repeat this procedure to
load another file into a working area.
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window appears.
In this case, choose Yes or No and press the Enter key to close an open file in order
to open another file.

9.5.2

Switching between files

Two files can be opened and one displayed on the LCD. To switch between files do the
following:
1. Press the function key F2.
2. Press the A key to switch between files.

9.6

Renaming Files

To rename a file, do the following:
1. Press the function key F1.
2. Press the 5 key.
3. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose a file and press the Enter key.

9-7

9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS

4. Enter a new name.
5. Press the Enter key.

9.7

Saving a File Under a New Name

You may save a file under a new name as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Open a file.
Edit the file as necessary.
Press the function key F1.
Press the 3 key to save the file.
Press the Y key.
Press the Backspace key to erase the original name and then enter a new name.
Press the Enter key.

9.8

Deleting Files

Insert appropriate floppy disk in the drive and do the following to delete unnecessary files.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the function key F1.
Press the 4 key.
Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose the file to delete and then press the Enter key.
Press the Enter key again. (To cancel, press the ↓ key to select NO followed by the
Enter key.)

9.9

Real Time Printing

An incoming or outgoing message can be printed out while it is being received or
transmitted.
1. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu.
2. Press the 6 key to turn real time printing on/off.
When the real time printing is on, “Print” appears in reverse video at the top of the display.

9.10

Printing Files

You can print files stored on floppy disks as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press the function key F1.
Press the 7 key.
Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose a file and press the Enter key.
Press the Y key.

To stop printing at any time, press F1 and 8 keys.
If the file could not be printed, “Cannot print. Check connection between printer and terminal.
Press any key to escape.” Is displayed.

9-8

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING,
RECEIVING
This chapter mainly shows you how to transmit and receive telex messages.

10.1

Manual Calling

NOTICE
Before calling, watch the intended TX
frequency carefully to confirm that is
unoccupied.

The simplest way to communicate with a telex subscriber is Manual Calling. For the ARQ
mode, you may display beforehand the message to send, or type your message manually.
1. Press the function key F3 to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency

Operate menu
2. Press the 9 key to choose Set Frequency.
Set Frequency
Tx Freq:
0.00
RX Freq:
0.00

Set frequency screen
3. Input Tx and Rx frequency pair.
4. Press the Enter key.

10-1

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

5. Press the function key F3 again and then the 8 key to choose Manual Calling. The
following screen appears.

Manual Calling
Mode : ARQ FEC
ID
:

Manual calling screen
6. Use the ← or → key to choose appropriate communication mode.
7. Press the ↓ key and input party’s ID number.
8. Press the Enter key to connect the communication line. “Channel Busy Check” appears.
If the line is free, “Connect”, “Send” and “Lock” appear in highlight as below. Further,
“HT” (High Tension) also appears when the line is connected.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
HT
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)

For ARQ mode, go to step 9. For FEC mode, type your message and go to step 13.

9. Press the function key F7 (WRU). The party’s answerback code appears on the screen.
Note: Step 9 and 10 are needed for ship-to-ship calling only.
10. Press the function key F8 (HR). Your ship’s answerback code is sent to the party.
11. Press the Enter key and type your message.
12. If you want to receive other party’s response, press the function key F9 (Over).
13. Press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the line.

10-2

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

10.2

ARQ Mode Operation

In ARQ operation, one station (information sending station) sends data to another block by
block, then listens for the acknowledge signal between blocks from the information
receiving station which requests either the next block or retransmission of the last block if
there is error. The request may be repeated up to 32 times, until the complete block is
received free of error.
Establishing connection
1. Press the function key F3 to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency

2. Press the 1 key to choose Call Station.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-01-15 14:41:09 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
: CHOUSHI-8M
Call Station Comm Mode :AQW
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz)
Comm Status
: Connect
Mark Space
Station
ListSend Lock Error Station
Setup
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)
Station : ABC-4M
ABC-4M
ID Code : 45678
ABC-6M
Mode
: ARQ FEC
ABC-12M
CH/Table : Channel Scantable
ABC-8M
Num/Table:
FURUNO

Call Station menu
3. Choose a station. (Station must be registered for use in the ARQ mode). Press the
Enter key. The message “Calling Station” appears. If the message shown below
appears, check both the power of the radiotelephone and the connections between the
radiotelephone and the NBDP Terminal Unit.
“Station calling suspended. Check interconnections between the terminal and main units.
Press any key to escape.”
4. When an acknowledge signal is detected, “Connect” appears in reverse video on the
communication status display.

10-3

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

Note: If signal conditions are poor, connection may take a while. If the line could not be
connected in one minute, calling stops and “Calling failed” appears. Try step 3
again, one minute later. Should signal conditions worsen during message
transmission, “Error” appears in reverse video and 30 seconds later the line is
disconnected.
5. Transmit message by one of the following methods:
Sending a file stored on a floppy disk
1. Press the function key F7 (WRU) to receive the answerback code of the other station.
Verify that the code from the station called is correct.
2. Press the function key F8 (HR) to transmit your own identity (answerback code).
3. Press the function key F3 and then the 3 key to display the Send file screen.
4. Choose file to send and press the Enter key.
5. Press the Enter key again.
Send File
[A:\TEST1.
File name
LOG File
TEST1.
TEST2.
TEST3.
NBDP
[

]
Size
Date & Time
52
02-10-15 17:25
120
02-10-10 16:30
151
02-10-11 09:25
180
02-10-11 20:16
169
02-10-12 06:23
End of Directory

4 Files exist
To select : ENTER

]

1454000 bytes free
To view : SPACE

To quit : ESC

Send file screen
Sending volume (percentage of message transmitted, counts upward as the message is
being transmitted), ARQ error count and ARQ transmission time appear on the display.
“Lock” appears in reverse video when the mark and space signals in the receive signal are
normal. “ARQ Error” shows the number of times error was found during transmission. “ARQ
Time” is the time in seconds the communication line has been established.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
:
HT
Frequency (T/R) :
8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)

Communication status display
6. After the message is transmitted, press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the
line.
Type a message from the keyboard
1. After exchanging answerback code by the function key F7 (WRU) and F8 (HR), type
your message directly from the keyboard.
2. To change direction of traffic, press the function key F9 (OVER), or +, ? in order. Then,
the other station becomes the information sending station, your station becomes the

10-4

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

information receiving station.
3. Receive a message from the sending station.
4. After completion of communication, press the function key F7 (WRU) key to receive the
answerback code of the other station and then press the function key F8 (HR) to
transmit your own answerback code.
5. Press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the line.
Stopping transmission
1. Press the function key F3 and then the 4 key. “Canceled Sending” appears on the
screen. Transmission is stopped but the line is still connected.
2. To disconnect the line, press the F10 key.

10.3

FEC Mode Operation

The FEC mode transmits the same data twice to yield less errors. Compared to the ARQ
mode, the FEC mode is better at communicating with weak signals.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press the function key F3.
Press the 1 key to display the Call Station menu.
Choose a station which is registered for the FEC mode.
Press the Enter key. “CONNECT” appears in reverse video.
Transmit a message directly from the keyboard, or do the following to transmit a
message stored on a floppy disk:
Press the function key F3 and the 1 key to choose File to Send. Choose file to send and
then press the Enter key.
6. After the message is transmitted, press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the
line.

10.4

Choosing Receive Mode

1. Press the function key F3 and then the 6 key.
2. Choose receive mode:
AUTO: Automatic reception in ARQ or FEC mode
ARQ: International radiotelex ARQ mode
FEC: International radiotelex FEC mode
DIRC: Receive message from teleprinter
3. Press the Enter key. The reception mode appears on the screen.
All received (and transmitted) messages are saved to a floppy disk when “TX/RX MSG
Save” is ON in the System menu. The file is automatically named as follows.

02 01 13 0 0. X X X
Year month date

Serial number from 000

10-5

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

10.5

Communication Example

Call the coast station following the procedure in paragraph 10.2. Then, communicate with
the coast station. Below is a communication example.
Call completed,
connected with
coast station
12345 KOBE X

If this is your first
communications with a
particular coast station,
the coast station asks
for you selcall no. ship
name, call sign and
AAIC (your enterprises
name for which to
charge to charge toll
call. That registers you
with the coast station.
Thereafter, if your
answerback code is
correct automatic
transmission is possible.

Selcall No.
Ship name or call sign
1480 HKRDO VRX
MOM
GA+?
OPR+
MOM
1480 HKRDO VRX
12345 KOBE X
KOBE DE HKRDO GOOD MORNING
NW NIL QRV GA+?
GM

QTC1+?

QRV K

GA+?

Teleprinting Over Radio
(Message TX starts.)
NR 9004
Msg No.
TO: TELEX 1234567
FURUNO
JAPAN OFFICE
INT. DEP. SEC-1 MANAGER
FM: KOBE MARU/12345 KOBE X
TEXT:Type message.
TOR

KKKK QSL +?
End message.
KOBE DE HKRDO QSL NR9004
TKS NW NIL +?

TKS

Own answerback code

Automatically sent from Coast
station (ex. Hong Kong)
Type at your side within 30 s.
(Call operator manually.)
Message from coast station
(Wait. From HKRDO to KOBE.
Nothing to send. Do you
have anything to send?)
Type at your side
(GM=Good Morning. I have
a message for you.)
From coast station.
(Send your message.)
Type at your side
(To send a message file, type
MOM before TOR and wait
awhile.)

Receiver: Telex no.1234567
FURUNO ELEC. CO.
Sende: KOBE MARU
Type message
Message finished. Can you
acknowledge receipt)
From coast station
From HKRD0 to KOBE.
Received NR9004. Thank you.
No more to send.

NW NIL BIBI +?

TKS SEE YOU LATER
BIBI
Coast station disconnects the line.

Communications example

10-6

To send message
to ship

Type at your ship
(Thank you. I have nothing to
send. Bye Bye.
From coast station
Thank you. See you later.)

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

Table of abbreviations
Abbreviation

Question

Answer or Advice

QRA

What is the name your station?

The name of my station is · · · · .

QRC

By what private enterprise are the
accounts for charges for your station
settled?

The accounts for my station are settled
by the private enterprise · · · · .

QRU

Have you any thing for me?

I have nothing for you.

QRV

Are you ready?

I am ready.

QRX

When will you call me again?

I will call you again at · · · · hours [on
· · · · kHz].

QSJ

What is the charge to be collected to · The charge to be collected to · · · ·
· · · including your internal charge?
including my internal charge is · · · ·
frans · · · · .

QSL

Can you acknowledge receipt?

I can acknowledge receipt.

Q SX

Will you listen to · · · · [call sign] on
· · · · kHz?

I am listening to · · · · [call sign] on
· · · · kHz.

QTA

Shall I cancel message number · · · · ? Cancel message number · · · ·

QTC

How many messages have you to
send?

I have · · · · message for you.

QTU

What are the hours your station is
open?

My station is open from · · · · to · · · ·
hours.

Abbreviation

Definition

Signal used to interrupt a transmission progress.

CFM

Confirm

"From · · · · "

Invitation to transmit.

NIL

I have nothing to send to you.

Now

PSE

Please

Received

REF

Reference to · · · · .

SVC

Prefix indicating a service telegram.

10-7

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

Command and abbreviation
Command

Function

TGM+

To indicate that the following message is a radiotelegram.

MSG+

To indicate that the ship station needs to be connected immediately any message held.

OPR+

Call operator.

URG+

Safety, urgency and distress message.

MED+

Request medical advice.

TEST+

Request coast station to send a test message for checking the ship station.

BRK+

To clear the connection with the coast station.

Abbreviation
GA+

I am ready. Transmit your command.

MOM

Wait a moment.

MSG+

Request pending messages from the shore.

KKKK or NNNN Terminate a message.
Typo
XXXXX

10.6

Timer Operation

A built-in timer permits automatic transmission and reception of telex messages.

10.6.1
1.
2.
3.
4.

Enabling timer operation

Press the function key F3 to display the Operate menu.
Press the 7 key to display the Timer Operation List.
Choose the operation (name) you wish to execute.
Press the Enter key. An asterisk appears beside the operation selected and “T. Op”
appears in reverse video on the communication status display. If a file stored on a floppy
disk is to be sent, be sure the floppy disk containing the file is inserted in the drive.
Timer Operation List
*1
2
3
OP4
OP5

Timer operation list
5. Choose another operation (name) if desired.
6. Press the Esc key.

10-8

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

When the predetermined time comes, the NBDP Terminal Unit automatically sends or
receives the message. The results of timer operation are displayed as either OK or NG (No
Good) on the Timer Operation List.
Timer Operation List
*1
2
*3
*OP4
*OP5

OK
OK
OK
NG

Timer operation list

10.6.2

Stopping timer operation

1. Press the function key F3.
2. Press the 7 key.
3. Choose the operation (name) which has an asterisk attached to it and then press the
Enter key. Remove all asterisks to cancel all timer programs.

10.7

Scanning

The radio equipment scans a group of operator-selected frequencies (channels), and stops
scanning when an signal is received. For registering scan group, see paragraph 8.5.
1. Press the function key F3 and then the 5 key to show the Scanning Group List on your
screen.
You can confirm the scan channel by pressing the ↑ or ↓ key while pressing the Shift key.
Scanning Group List
*1
2
3

Scanning group list
2. Choose a scan group and press the Enter key.
3. The scanning starts and the indication “Scan” appears in reverse video. Further, the
name of the scan group appears in the Station Name field.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
2002-09-08 2:01:46 UTC
Caps-Eng
Station Name
: SAITO-1
Scan
HT
Frequency (T/R) : 8344.00 / 8705.00(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error
Sending Volume : 100(%)
ARQ Error : 0
ARQ Time : 0(sec)

Communication status display
4. To stop scanning, press the function key F3 and then the 5 key. “Scan” disappears on
the communication status display.

10-9

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

10.8

Communication Buffer

The communication buffer is a temporary memory which stores transmit and receive
messages. To display the contents of the communication buffer, do the following:
1. Escape from the message creation screen.
2. Press the ↓ key while pressing the Fn key or the ↑ key pressing the Fn key. The contents
of the communication buffer are displayed.
To print them, press the Ctrl and P keys simultaneously. To erase the contents from the
screen, press the ↓ key at the bottom line.
To erase the contents of the buffer, press the F1 and 9 keys.

10.9

Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex

10.9.1

Automatic telex overview

This section shows you how to communicate with a coast station which handles automatic
telex transmission, using macrofiles. You will also need to register communication channels
and stations, and prepare macrofiles.
Coast stations using automatic telex are MCI Marine Services (North America), Sydney
Radio (Australia), Lyngby Radio (Denmark), and others. The procedure is mostly common
to all coast stations, however refer to the coast station’s traffic manual for details.
INTERNATIONAL
TELEX NETWORK
SHIP

STORE-ANDFORWARD

DIRECT
DIALING

MULTIADDRESS

CENTRAL
SYSTEM

SUB-STATION

SYSTEM
CONTROL

Sample automatic telex network
The service available in automatic telex are
Message transfer between ship and coast station (store-and-forward)
Connection with landline telex (direct dialing)
Multi address.

10-10

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

10.9.2

Preparations

To use automatic telex, you will need to register three items:
•

Answerback code

•

Scan groups

•

Station names

Registering answerback code
The coast station assigns a Telex number. This number functions as an answerback code.
An answerback code contains the following:
OOOOO SHIP X

OOOOO: Coast station-assigned five-digit telex code
SHIP:
Ship name
X:
For shipboard station, normally X is entered.

The procedure for registering the answerback code is the same as which appears on page
8-1. If an answerback code was registered before the commissioning of the coast station, a
new answerback code must be entered. To enter a new answerback code, contact
FURUNO or an authorized FURUNO agent or dealer.
Registering scan groups
The central system emits a free-signal to indicate a coast station radio channel is in idle
condition and available for ship-to-shore calls. The free-signal is detected and recognized
by the shipboard equipment as a permission to start the transmission. Then, the shipboard
operator initiates a call.
You can scan search for the free-signal automatically by registering coast station radio
channels in scan group(s). The procedure for registering scan groups for coast station use
is the same as that which appears on page 8-7.
Registering stations
The next step is to enter station name. The procedure is the same as that shown on page
8-3.

10-11

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

10.9.3

Commands

The tables which follows describe the commands for macro operation
Command
(Prefixed with @)
CALL

Parameter

Content

S: Station Name

FREE (support
command for CALL)

Two digits, 0-99 min.

Calling station name and ID on assigned
parameter
Free-signal searching time according to
assigned parameter (default setting: 10
min)
Detect free signal of dot pattern
Calling according to assigned parameter
(default setting: 10 min)
For receiving a message (designated by
parameter) transmitted by coast station
Time allotted for reception of message by
CASE command
Text transmitted according to assigned
parameters
Send a file from floppy disk
Function keys F7 – F10

RETRY (support
command for CALL)
CASE
TIMEOUT (support
command for CALL)
SEND

WRU
HR
OVER
BREAK
DISPLAY
INPUT

$RRR$ signal
Two digits, 0-99 min.
Text
Two digits, 0-99 min.
Text
A: file name
None

Text
None

Text of message appears
Waiting for keyboard input
Transmit keyboard input message

Commands processed by Danish coast station Lyngby
Command
Function
BRK+
Disconnection communications line
DIRTLX ……+ Direct dialing telex (receive only)
KKKK
Terminate message
LTR+
For telex letters mailed from Operations Station to destinations worldwide
MED+
Request medical advice
OPR+
Requesting operating assistance
POS+
Send position data
STA+
Status requested on a store-and-forward message
TLX ……+
Store-and-forward method
For details, consult the coast station’s traffic manual.

10-12

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

10.9.4

Store-and-forward method

The following is the sequence of events in transmission of a file by the store-and-forward
method.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Shipboard station sends message to coast station.
Coast station stores message in memory buffer.
Shipboard station and coast station clear the radio circuit.
Coast station sends message to subscriber designated.

Actual procedure for store-and-forward telex

No. Procedure
1

Call a coast
.
station.

Transmit WRU signal.

Display

Remarks

CONNECT appears
in re verse video
(and bell sounds).

Free-signal found;
radio circuit ready.

00190 TLG DK
26 X X X SHIP X
GA+?

Initial identity
exchange between coast
station and shipboard
station

MSG+?

Request to start
message transmission

Key in subscriber's Telex number.
Example: (Hong Kong) 12345
TLX80212345+

Transmit file.

When transmission is completed,
type KKKK.

Transmit BREAK command to
clear radio circuit.

Message transmission
26 X X X SHIP X
00190 TLG DK
GA+?

Transmit your
answerback code.
Receive other party's
answerback code.

10-13

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

Procedure for preparing a macrofile for store-and-forward method
You will need a macrofile to enable automatic message transmission by store-and-forward
method. After preparing it, save it to a floppy disk for future use.
1. Press function key F1 to display the File menu.
2. Press the 1 key.
3. Prepare macrofile. Below is simple example.
< [1] UNTITLED1 >

@FREE $RRR$

@CALL S:LYNGBY RADIO

@WRU
@CASE GA+?

@SEND TLX80212345+
@CASE MSG+?
@SEND A: \ABC

@SEND KKKK

@CASE GA+?
@SEND BRK+
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found
2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)
Who are you?
Station identity exchange
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 802 is country
code of Hong Kong) for store-and-forward method
4 Location and name of file message
A: ABC
5 Request for termination of message

Sample macrofile for store-and-forward method
4. Press function key F1 to display the File menu.
5. Press the 3 key. The Close Text appears on the display.
close Text
Save File?
Yes

No
(UNTITLED 1)

Close text prompt

10-14

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

6. Press the Enter key and enter a file name as follows:
OOOOOOOO.MCR
↑
↑
File Name Extension Name
(max. 8 characters)
7. Press the Enter key.

DIRTLX macrofile
Sample DIRTLX macrofile

@FREE $RRR$

@CALL S: LYNGBY RADIO

@WRU
@CASE GA+?
@SEND DIRTLX725644325+

@CASE MSG+?
@SEND A: \ABC

@SEND KKKK

@CASE GA+?
@SEND BRK+

1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found
2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)
Who are you?
Station identity exchange
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 72 is country
code of JAPAN) for direct dialing mode
4 Location and name of file message
A: ABC
5 Request for termination of message

Sample DIRLTX macrofile

10-15

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

Procedure for DIRTLX

No. Procedure
1

Call a coast
.
station.

Transmit WRU signal.

Remarks

CONNECT appears
in re verse video
(and bell sounds).

Free-signal found;
radio circuit ready.

00190 TLG DK
26 X X X SHIP X
GA+?

Initial identity
exchange between coast
station and shipboard
station

12:20
MOM
5644325 FURUNO J
MSG+

Request to start
message transmission

Key in subscriber's Telex number.
Example: (Japan) 5644325
DIRTLX725644325+

Transmit file.

When transmission is completed,
type KKKK.

Transmit BREAK command to
clear radio circuit.

10-16

Display

Message transmission
26 X X X SHIP X
5644325 FURUNO J
00190 TLG DK
DURATION ...
TIME ...
GA+?

Transmit your
answerback code.
Receive other party's
answerback code.

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

10.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile
This section describes how to transmit a telex message using a macrofile.
Basic procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.

Register answerback code (Telex number assigned by coast station).
Register coast station frequency and channel to scan group.
Register station name including scan group name.
Retrieve appropriate macrofile. Include station name and message file name. Type
message and save file to memory.
5. Open macro operation menu and select a macrofile. Your message will be transmitted
automatically. Below is the sequence of automatic message transmission to a coast
station.
6. Search for free-signal
7. Call coast station on one of its radio channels
8. After connection is established, identity exchange
9. Transmission of service category and subscriber’s address
10. Transmission of message
11. Transmission of termination of message signal
a) Identity exchange
b) Clearing of radio circuit
Actual procedure
1. Press function key F3 to display the Operate menu.
Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency

Operate menu
2. Press the 2 key to display the Call Macro screen.

10-17

10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING

Call Macro
[A:\TEST1.
File name

]
Size

LYNGBY1.MCR
[

169

Date & Time
02-10-13 06:23

End of Directory

1 Files exist
To select : ENTER

]

1454000 bytes free
To view : SPACE

To quit : ESC

Call macro screen
3. Press the ↓ key to choose a macrofile.
4. Press the Enter key.
Call Macro: Lyngby1.MCR
Yes

Call OK?

Press the Enter key to confirm the macrofile selected. The Wait for Free Signal indication
appears. Your message will be transmitted automatically.

10-18

11. MAINTENANCE &
TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTICE

WARNING

Do not apply paint, anti-corrosive sealant
or contact spray to coating or plastic
parts of the equipment.

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Do not open the equipment.
Only qualified personnel
should work inside the
equipment.

11.1

Those items contain organic solvents that
can damage coating and plastic parts,
especially plastic connectors.

Radiotelephone Test

Do the following to check the radiotelephone for proper operation.
1. At the RT or Scan screen, press the 3/TEST key to show the following window.
Which test do you carry out?
CANCEL

DAILY SELFCHECK

2. For the self check, choose SELF CHECK and push the ENTER knob to start the test.
OK or NG (No Good) appears as the test result for each item checked. For NG, contact
your dealer for advice.
Tx selfcheck

Tx selfcheck
PLL : OK
RF

: OK

TX FIL

: OK

COUPL : OK

Tx selfcheck

PLL : OK

: OK

PLL : OK

PA1 : OK

PA2

: OK

PA1 : OK

PA2

: OK

PA3 : OK

PA4

: OK

COMB1: OK

COMB2: OK

COMB : OK

COUPL : OK

: OK
COMB : OK

COUPL : OK

TX FIL : OK

: OK

TX FIL : OK

(FS-1570)

(FS-2570)

(FS-5070)

3. Press the CANCEL key to quit the test and return to the previously used screen.
4. Choose DAILY and push the ENTER knob to show the Daily test display. After several
seconds, the test shows results.
Daily test

Daily test
JUL-26-2006-18:10
MAIN
: 0550225-01
PANEL 1
: 0550222-01
PANEL 2
: 0550222-01
DSC
: 0550207-01
NBDP
: 0550208-01

Rotate the ENTER knob.

RCVR1
RCVR2
TRX

: OK*
: OK*
: OK*

RCVR1, RCVR2, TRX:
Printed circuit board
*: If "NG", ask your dealer.

5. Confirm the RCVR1, RCVR2 and TRX are indicated “OK”. If “NG” (No Good) appears,
ask your dealer.
6. Press the CANCEL key to close the test screen.

11-1

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

11.2

Maintenance

Regular maintenance is vital for maintaining performance. Following the procedures below
will help keep the equipment in top operating condition.
Maintenance check points
Item
Check Point
Remedy/Remarks
Antenna
Check for physical damage and
Replace damaged parts.
corrosion.
Wire
Check that the antenna is properly
If necessary, re-span antenna.
antenna
spanned and separated sufficiently
from metallic structures.
Insulators
Check for salt water deposits on
Replace damage insulators. Remove
for antenna
insulators. Check that connection at
salt water deposits. Clean with fresh
the lead-in insulator is tight and
water, then dry. Remove rust, then
rust-free.
tighten bolts and lock nuts. Cover
metallic surface with sealing
compound.
Antenna
• Check condition of antenna terminal,
• Tighten loosened
ground,
coaxial
cable
and
control
connections.
coupler
cable.
• Fasten lid firmly and evenly to
• Check that coupler lid and cable
prevent water leakage.
glands are firmly secure.
• Replace if damaged.
Check for physical damage, corrosion
and salt water deposits.
Control
• Check ground connection, control
• Tighten loosened
cable, and external equipment.
connections; remove foreign
unit
Confirm that there are no objects on
material from connectors.
the top of the control unit.
• Remove any objects.
• Remove dust from control unit with
• Wipe the LCD carefully to
soft cloth.
prevent scratching, using
tissue paper and an LCD
Note: Do not use chemical cleaners to
cleaner. To remove dirt or salt
clean the control unit; they can remove
deposits, use an LCD cleaner,
paint or markings or deform the
wiping slowly with tissue
equipment.
paper so as to dissolve the
dirt or salt. Change paper
frequently so the salt or dirt
will not scratch the LCD.
Transceiver
• Check connection at signal cable,
• Tighten loosened connections;
coaxial cable, control cable, power
remove foreign material from
unit
cable, and navigator.
connectors.
• Confirm that there are no objects on
• Remove any objects.
the top of the cabinet.
Power supply
• Check that the supply voltage at
• If not within the range, check
transmission is within the rated range
ship’s mains or ship’s battery.
(21.6 to 31.2 VDC at the power
Low voltage may cause
connector).
erratic operation.

11-2

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

11.3

Simple Troubleshooting

The table below provides possible problems and the means with which to restore normal
operation. If normal operation cannot be restored, do not attempt to check inside the
equipment. Any servicing should be referred to a qualified technician.
Problem
Power cannot be
turned on.

Display
indications do not
appear but key
lamps are lit.
Power is on but
no sound from
loudspeaker.
Poor articulation
Output power
reduced to LOW
Antenna coupler
cannot tune
antenna

Probable cause
• Mains switchboard may be off.
• (DC) voltage is too high.
• Battery may have discharged,
or poor contact at terminals.
• Contrast is too low.

Remedy
• Turn on the mains switchboard.
• Check supply voltage.
• Recharge battery and tighten battery
terminals.
key to adjust
• Operate the 9/
contrast.

• Loudspeaker is off.

• Operate the 7/
loudspeaker.

• Wrong class of emission may
be in use.
• Power is automatically reduced
to protect against overheating
due to continuous transmission.
• Antenna may be disconnected
or shorted to ground.
• Antenna is out of tunable
length.
• Poor grounding of antenna
coupler.
• Breaker in coupler has tripped.
• Connection cable loosened or
disconnected.
• Input has been switched from
AC to DC when AC FAIL line of
AC/DC power supply unit
PR-850A is connected to
FS-5070.

• Class of emission should match that of
incoming signal.
• Wait until the unit returns to normal
condition.

The message
“Ship’s mains
failure” appears,
and Output power
indicator blinks.
Transmission
power is
decreased to
LOW2.
(FS-5070 only)
After turning on
• After turning on the NBDP
the power, the
terminal unit, you have turned
initial screen
on the control unit.
appears
continuously.
(The RT screen
should appear
after the initial
screen is erased.)

key to turn on the

• Check antenna connection.
• Recommended length is 10 to 18
meters.
• Check coupler ground.
• Checks mains voltage and polarity.
If normal, reset breaker.
• Check cable.
• Press the CANCEL key. The output
power can be increased on the RT
display. Note that the output power
remains “HIGH” when it occurs while
sending the distress call. When AC
power is restored, this problem is
automatically resolved.

• Turn on the control unit before turning
on the NBDP terminal unit.

11-3

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

11.4

Error Messages

The table below shows error messages, their meanings, and remedies. If oter error occurs,
contact your dealer.
Error messages

Error message
Busy: RT

Meaning
Radiotelephone is in operation.

Channel Busy

You attempted to transmit on a
channel which is currently busy.
(This occurs with Routine and
Business priorities only.)
No position data from navigator for
one minute.

EPFS error

Incoming

Incoming DSC call

No position data

The position data is interrupted
while AUTO operation.
Radiotelephone is not powered or is
disconnected.
Oven too cold; cannot transmit.

No response: RT
Oven cold. Tx not
ready; wait
Printer not ready

Trouble: Oven not
ready
TRX PLL UNLOCK

Remedy
Wait until the radiotelephone is
free.
The message is automatically
erased when the channel becomes
clear.
Press the CANCEL key to silence
the alarm. Check the navigator. If it
is malfunctioning, manually enter
position.
Message is automatically cleared
when DSC signal has gone.
Check the navigator.
Check radiotelephone connection.
Wait until the oven becomes
sufficiently warm.
Check printer.

Automatic print is selected;
however, printer is not powered or is
disconnected.
Oven not ready; cannot transmit.
Wait until the oven is ready.

TUNE error

TRX PLL unlock. Transmission is
stopped.
Tuning failed. Transmission power is
decreased to LOW2. For NBDP,
transmission is stopped.

Warning: Update
position

Position data is older by the amount
of time preset on the Alarm menu.

Watchdog error.
Please Power OFF

Internal error (such as CPU trouble)
detected. Accompanied with alarm,
same type as for distress.
W/R1, W/R2 PLL unlock.
Transmission is stopped.
Power input has been switched from Press the CANCEL key to use the
AC to DC at PR-850A.
low output power. Check the AC
input supply.

RX1 PLL UNLOCK
RX2 PLL UNLOCK
Ship’s mains failure

11-4

Contact your dealer.
Try to tune again. If unsuccessful,
confirm if TUNE error occurs on
other frequencies. See “Antenna
coupler cannot tune antenna” on
page 11-3, or contact your dealer.
Press the CANCEL key to silence
alarm. Reenter position on the
Position menu.
Turn the power off and on to erase
the message. Have a qualified
technician check the set.
Contact your dealer.

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

11.5

Replacement of Fuses

To protect the equipment from overcurrent and equipment fault, two fuses are provided in
the PR-300 Power Supply Unit. If a fuse blows, find the cause before replacing it. If it blows
again after replacement, request service.

WARNING

Unit

Use the proper fuse.
Use of a wrong fuse can cause fire or
damage to the equipment.

Power Supply Unit
PR-300

Fuse
10 A (100 VAC) or
5 A (200 VAC) and
20 A (24 VDC)

Note: The Power Supply Unit PR-850A (for FS-1570/2570), used with the equipment, does
not have a fuse but a circuit breaker. If the breaker has tripped, find the reason before
resetting the breaker (upward position).

11-5

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

11.6

Test Call

This function sends a test signal to a coast or ship station, over one of six distress and
safety frequencies. For that reason, it should not be executed unnecessarily. You can
prepare a test call beforehand (see Chapter 6) or at the moment you intend to send a test
call. To send a prepared test call, see paragraph 6.5.4 for the procedure. When sending the
test call at the moment, do the following.
1. Press the 2/DSC key.
Select Message
GENERAL

DISTRESS

INDIVIDUAL
PSTN MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
GROUP MESSAGE
AREA MESSAGE
POSITION
MMSI 123456789
POS 12 34.5678N
123 45.6789E

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

RELAY AREA
RELAY COAST
DISTRESS
SPECIAL
UTC 01:53
EPFS 01:54

Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TEST MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob.
Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID window.
Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT.
For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored.
For MANUAL, using the numeric keys, key in the ID of the station ID (nine digits) where
to send the call and then push the ENTER knob.
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
STATION ID

: TEST MESSAGE
*********

PRIORITY

: SAFETY

DSC FREQ

2187.5 kHz

GO TO VIEW

7. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. (Note that PRIORITY is
automatically selected to SAFETY.)
Compose msg.
MSG TYPE
STATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ

: 2187.5
Test
4207.5
: 001234567
6312.0
:8414.5
Safety
:
kHz
12577.0
16804.5
VIEW

kHz

GO TO VIEW

8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose an appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER
knob. The display changes as below.

11-6

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

Compose msg.
MSG TYPE

: TEST MESSAGE

STATION ID
PRIORITY

: 001234567
: SAFETY

DSC FREQ

2187.5 kHz

GO TO VIEW

9. Press the CALL key to send the test call (transmission time: about seven seconds).
10. The display shows “Test message in progress!” while the test call is being transmitted.
Test
message in progress!
DESTINATION ID
PRIORITY
DSC FREQ
TIME TO GO

:
:

: 001234567
:SAFETY
2187.5 kHz

After the test call is completed, the following message appears.
Waiting for test
acknowledgement.
DESTINATION ID : 001234567
PRIORITY
: SAFETY
DSC FREQ
:
2187.5 kHz
TIME TO GO : 4M12S RESENDING

One of the following displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears when the
timer counts down to zero, meaning no response from station.)
Test acknowledge
message received.
CANCEL: STOP ALARM

No response!
Try calling again?
DESTINATION ID:
PRIORITY:
DSC FREQ

001234567

SAFETY
2187.5 kHz

RESEND

Test acknowledge received

No response to test call

11. Do the either way depending on the message shown in step 10.
Test acknowledge message received
The audio alarm sounds; press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes
as below.

11-7

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

Received message
*
*
MAR-23-2006-23:59
TEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
001234567
SENDER ID :
PRIORITY:
SAFETY
3M10S
GO TO VIEW

No response! Try calling again?
Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob and then press the CALL key.
Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key to return to the previous screen.

11.7

NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance

Regular maintenance is important for good performance. A regular maintenance program
should be established and should at least include the items mentioned below.

11.7.1

Cleaning the equipment

Wipe off accumulated dust from the terminal unit with a soft cloth. Wipe the LCD carefully to
prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD cleaner. To remove dirt or salt deposits,
use an LCD cleaner, wiping slowly with tissue paper so as to dissolve the dirt or salt.
Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the surface of LCD. Do not use
solvents such as thinner, acetone or benzene for cleaning; they can remove paint and
marks or deform the equipment.

11.7.2

Connectors and earth connection

Periodically check the connectors for proper seating and the earth connection for rust.
Remove rust to maintain a good ground system.

11.7.3

Floppy disk drive

Foreign material on the floppy disk drive head can scratch the magnetic material in the
floppy, resulting in loss of data. Clean the floppy disk drive head regularly with a floppy disk
drive cleaning disk to prevent erasure of information stored on disks.

11.7.4

Diagnostics

General diagnostics
1. Press the function key F6 to display the System menu.

11-8

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING
System
Lock Change Default

Setup
Slave Delay

8 msec (0- 50 msec)

TX/RX MSG Save
Edit Before sending

OFF O N
OFF O N

Time System
Time & Date
Window Color
Self Test

OFF UTC SMT JST
2006/10/16 10:00:00

System menu (Example: IB-583)

2. Choose Change from Setup.
3. Choose Self Test (at the bottom of the screen).
4. Press the Esc key. The results of the self test are displayed a short time later.
Selftest
Terminal Unit Test
Main Unit Test
Modem Unit Test
Radio Unit Test
DSC Unit Test
Printer Unit Test*

:
:
:
:
:
:

ver. X.XX
ver. XX
ver. XX
ID FS5070
ID FS5070

:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
:OK
Print all character :OK

IB-581/IB-583
Main Termina soft (T-CPU Board)
NBDP Modem

X.XX = Version No.
*: "NG" and "Printer not ready" when printer is off or
is abnormal.
Self test results
The test results are shown as OK or NG (No Good). For any NG, try the self test again. If it
appears again, call for service. When the test is completed, the message “Selftest
Completed. Press any key to escape.” Appears.
Tone test
1. Choose Self Test from the System Menu.
2. While pressing and holding down the Shift key, press the ↓ key to show the Tone Test
menu.
Tone Test
1: Tone Test 1 (All Char)
2: Tone Test 2 (Fox)
3: Tone Test 3 (Beta)
4
4 (
k)

3. Choose a test and press the Enter key.
4. You may stop a tone test at anytime by pressing the Esc key.
Tone test 1 (All characters)
This test checks for proper transmission of all figures, letters and codes. To conduct the test,
call a station in the ARQ or FEC mode. Execute the test, confirming that all characters are
transmitted correctly. “Now Testing Tone Test 1” appears during the testing. Since the test is

11-9

11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

conducted continuously, you may press the Esc key twice followed by the F10 key to stop
the test and return to the tone test menu.
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break
System
1996-11-15
13:26:45.45
Caps Eng
Station Name
:
Setup
Lock Change
Default
Frequency (T/R) :
/
(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto
Comm Status
: Connect Send Lock Error Mark Space

Now Testing Tone Test 1 (All Char).

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv
wxyz
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv
wxyz
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

Tone test 2 (Fox)
This test (continuously) checks for proper transmission of the test message THE QUICK
BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG 0123456789. To conduct the test, call a
station by using the ARQ or FEC mode.
Tone test 3 (Beta)
You may check for proper transmission of the idle signal β. Call up a station using the ARQ
mode.

11-10

APPENDIX
Menu Tree
#/SETUP key

HS. VOL (0 to 63, 45)
NB (OFF, ON)
SQ (500-2000 Hz, 800 Hz )

Default settings
in boldface italic.

USER CH (Shows user ch entry screen.)
MESSAGE (Shows Message file entry screen)
POSITION (Shows Position setup screen)
DATE/TIME (Shows Date/Time setup screen)
MEM CLR

USR SETUP

(RCVD ORDINARY LOG, RCVD DISTRESS LOG,
TRANSMITTED LOG, MESSAGE FILES, USER CHANNELS,
LOAD DEFAULT)
INTERNAL ALARM (ON, OFF)
POSITION OLDER (0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0)
EXT ALARM (DSTRS/URG, ROUTINE, ALL, OFF)
ALARM DISTANCE (OFF, 500NM)
SOUND
KEY CLICK (ON, OFF)
ORDINARY ALARM (0 to 63, 47)
DISTRESS ALARM (51 to 63, 51)
AUTO ACK
COMPLY TYPE (UNABLE, ABLE)
UNABLE REASON (NO REASON, BUSY,
EQUIP DISABLE, MODE NOT
USABLE, CH NOT USABLE)
POSITION MESSAGE (OFF, ON)
POLLING MESSAGE (OFF, ON)
TEST MESSAGE (OFF, ON)
PRINT OUT
XMIT MESSAGE (MANUAL, AUTO)
RCVD MESSAGE (MANUAL, AUTO)
DAILY TEST (MANUAL, AUTO)
SCAN FREQ (ROUTINE: 2M ON, DISTRESS: all ON)
KEY ASSIGN (NONE, NB, TONE, SDUP/DUP)
SPECIAL MSG NEUTRAL MSG (UNABLE, ABLE)
MEDICAL MSG (UNABLE, ABLE)
FAX Rx (ENABLE, DISABLE)
HOOK SP OFF (ON, OFF)
TIMER (10 MIN, OFF)

ALARM

SYS SETUP (Display system settings.)

AP-1

APPENDIX

NBDP terminal unit (telex)
Default settings in boldface italic.

F1: File
1: New
2: Open
3: Close
4: Delete
5: Rename
6: Real Time Printing
7: File to Print
8: Cancel Priniting
9: Clear Buffer
0: Floppy Disk Format

F2: Edit
1: Undo
2: Cut
3: Copy
4: Paste
5: Select All
6: Search
7: Replace
8: Goto Top
9: Goto Bottom
0: Goto Line
A: Change Text

F5: Station
1: Station Entry
2: Timer Operation Entry
3: Scan Entry
4: User Channel Entry
5: Answerback Code Entry
6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit)
7: Group ID Entry (9 digit)
8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit)
9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)

F6: System
Setup (Lock, Change, Default)
Slave Delay (0-50 msec, 8)
TX/RX MSG Save (OFF, ON)
Edit Before Sending (OFF, ON)
Time System (OFF, UTC, SMT, JST)
Time & Date

Display Mode (IB-581) (Normal, Reverse)
Window Color
(IB-583)

Window
Color
Setup

Fore Color
Back Color
Default Color

F3: Operate
1: Call Station
2: Macro Operation
3: File to Send
4: Cancel Sending
5: Scan (Start/Stop)
6: Manual Reception
7: Timer Operation
8: Manual Calling
9: Set Frequency

F4: Window

Self Test

1: Calendar
2: Distress Frequency Table

F7: WRU (Who are you?)
F8: HR (Here is)
F9: Over
F10: Break

AP-2

Window

BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL,
EDIT 1-2, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3,
MESSAGE
L-WHITE, YELLOW,
L-MAGENTA, L-RED,
L-CYAN, L-GREEN,
L-BLUE, GRAY,
WHITE, BROWN,
MAGENTA, RED,
CYAN, GREEN,
BLUE, BLACK

APPENDIX

Frequency Tables
DSC frequency table
TX (kHz)

RX (kHz)

Remarks

File Name

2187.5

4207.5

6312.0

8414.5

12577.0

16804.5

458.5

455.5

INTL-0.4M

2189.5(2177.0*)

2177.0

INTL-2M

4208.0

4219.5

INTL-4M

6312.5

6331.0

INTL-6M

8415.0

8436.5

12577.5

12657.0

16805.0

16903.0

INTL-16M

18898.5

19703.5

INTL-18M

22374.5

22444.0

INTL-22M

25208.5

26121.0

INTL-25M

4208.5

4220.0

LOCAL1-4M

6313.0

6331.5

LOCAL1-6M

8415.5

8437.0

LOCAL1-8M

12578.0

12657.5

16805.5

16903.5

18899.0

19704.0

LOCAL1-18M

22375.0

22444.5

LOCAL1-22M

25209.0

26121.5

LOCAL1-25M

4209.0

4220.5

LOCAL2-4M

6313.5

6332.0

LOCAL2-6M

8416.0

8437.5

LOCAL2-8M

12578.5

12658.0

16806.0

16904.0

18899.5

19704.5

LOCAL2-18M

22375.5

22445.0

LOCAL2-22M

25209.5

26122.0

LOCAL2-25M

Distress and
Safety Frequencies

International
Frequencies

Local-1
Frequencies

Local-2
Frequencies

INTL-8M
INTL-12M

LOCAL1-12M
LOCAL1-16M

LOCAL2-12M
LOCAL2-16M

14. = Ship-to-ship

AP-3

APPENDIX

Custom channels (to be programmed by FURUNO dealers)
CH NO

AP-4

Ship Receive (kHz)

Ship Transmit (kHz)

Remarks

APPENDIX

MF band working carrier frequencies (ref. US CFR 47 Part 80.371)
Region
East Coast

West Coast

Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2031.5
2118.0
2126.0
2142.0
2166.0
2198.0
2366.0
2382.0
2390.0
2400.0
2406.0
2003.0
2009.0
2009.0
2031.5
2126.0
2206.0
2382.0
2430.0

Ship Receive
(kHz)
2490.0
2514.0
2522.0
2538.0
2558.0
2590.0
2450.0
2482.0
2566.0
2400.0
2506.0
2450.0
2442.0
2566.0
2566.0
2522.0
2598.0
2466.0
2482.0

Region
Gulf Coast

Great Lakes

Alaska

Hawaii
Caribbean

Guam

Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2009.0
2134.0
2142.0
2158.0 1
2166.0
2206.0
2366.0
2382.0
2430.0
2458.0
2118.0
2158.0
2206.0
2131.0
2134.0
2240.0
2134.0
2009.0
2086.0 3
2134.0
2009.0

Ship Receive
(kHz)
2466.0
2530.0
2538.0
2550.0
2558.0
2598.0
2450.0
2482.0
2572.0
2506.0
2514.0
2550.0
2582.0
2309.0
2312.0
2400.0
2530.0
2506.0
2585.0
2530.0
2506.0

Above frequencies are not programmed. Contact a FURUNO representative.
1 = Unlimited use December 15 to April 1
2 = 2206 kHz for distress only
3 = Limited to pep of 150 W.

AP-5

APPENDIX

MF band SSB working carrier frequencies
CH NO
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270

AP-6

Ship Receive
(kHz)
1635
1638
1641
1644
1647
1650
1653
1656
1659
1662
1665
1668
1671
1674
1677
1680
1683
1686
1689
1692
1695
1698
1701
1704
1707
1710
1713
1716
1719
1722

Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2060
2063
2066
2069
2072
2075
2078
2081
2084
2087
2090
2093
2096
2099
2102
2105
2108
2111
2114
2117
2120
2123
2126
2129
2132
2135
2138
2060
2063
2066

CH NO
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295

Ship Receive
(kHz)
1725
1728
1731
1734
1737
1740
1743
1746
1749
1752
1755
1758
1761
1764
1767
1770
1773
1776
1779
1782
1785
1788
1791
1794
1797

Ship Transmit
(kHz)
2069
2072
2075
2078
2081
2084
2087
2090
2093
2096
2099
2102
2105
2108
2111
2114
2117
2120
2123
2126
2129
2132
2135
2138
2060

APPENDIX

4/6 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
ITU CH NO
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412

4 MHz SSB (J3E)
Ship RX
4357
4360
4363
4366
4369
4372
4375
4378
4381
4384
4387
4390

Ship TX
4065
4068
4071
4074
4077
4080
4083
4086
4089
4092
4095
4098

413

4393

4101

414

4396

4104

415

4399

4107

416

4402

4110

417

4405

4113

418

4408

4116

419

4411

4119

420

4414

4122

421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432 (01)
433 (02)
434 (03)
435 (04)
436 (05)
437 (06)
438 (07)

4417
4420
4423
4426
4429
4432
4435
4351
4354
4146
4149
4000
4003
4006
4009
4012
4015
4018

4125
4128
4131
4134
4137
4140
4143
4351
4354
4146
4149
4000
4003
4006
4009
4012
4015
4018

439 (08)

4021

440 (09)
441 (10)
442 (11)
443 (12)
444 (13)
445 (14)
446 (15)
447 (16)
448 (17)
449 (18)
450 (19)
451 (20)
452 (21)

4024
4027
4030
4033
4036
4039
4042
4045
4048
4051
4054
4057
4060

ITU CH NO
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611

6 MHz SSB (J3E)
Ship RX
6501
6504
6507
6510
6513
6516
6519
6522
6224
6227
6230

Ship TX
6200
6203
6206
6209
6212
6215
6218
6221
6224
6227
6230

These frequencies are factory programmed.

CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).

AP-7

APPENDIX

8 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Duplex
ITU CH NO
Ship RX
Ship TX
801
8719
8195
802
8722
8198
803
8725
8201
804
8728
8204
805
8731
8207
806
8734
8210
807
8737
8213
808
8740
8216
809
8743
8219
810
8746
8222
811
8749
8225
812
8752
8228
813
8755
8231
814
8758
8234
815
8761
8237
816
8764
8240
817
8767
8243
818
8770
8246
819
8773
8249
820
8776
8252
821
8779
8255
822
8782
8258
823
8785
8261
824
8788
8264
825
8791
8267
826
8794
8270
827
8797
8273
828
8800
8276
829
8803
8279
830
8806
8282
831
8809
8285
832
8812
8288
833
8291
8291
834
8707
8707
835
8710
8710
836
8713
8713
837
8716
8716
838
839

AP-8

8294
8297

8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Simplex
(ITU CH NO)
Ship RX
Ship TX
840 (01)
8101
8101
841 (02)
8104
8104
842 (03)
8107
8107
843 (04)
8110
8110
844 (05)
8113
8113
845 (06)
8116
8116
846 (07)
8119
8119
847 (08)
8122
8122
848 (09)
8125
8125
849 (10)
8128
8128
850 (11)
8131
8131
851 (12)
8134
8134
852 (13)
8137
8137
853 (14)
8140
8140
854 (15)
8143
8143
855 (16)
8146
8146
856 (17)
8149
8149
857 (18)
8152
8152
858 (19)
8155
8155
859 (20)
8158
8158
860 (21)
8161
8161
861 (22)
8164
8164
862 (23)
8167
8167
863 (24)
8170
8170
864 (25)
8173
8173
865 (26)
8176
8176
866 (27)
8179
8179
867 (28)
8182
8182
868 (29)
8185
8185
869 (30)
8188
8188
870 (31)
8191
8191
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).

APPENDIX

12/16 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
12 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1201
13077
12230
1202
13080
12233
1203
13083
12236
1204
13086
12239
1205
13089
12242
1206
13092
12245
1207
13095
12248
1208
13098
12251
1209
13101
12254
1210
13104
12257
1211
13107
12260
1212
13110
12263
1213
13113
12266
1214
13116
12269
1215
13119
12272
1216
13122
12275
1217
13125
12278
1218
13128
12281
1219
13131
12284
1220
13134
12287
1221
13137
12290
1222
13140
12293
1223
13143
12296
1224
13146
12299
1225
13149
12302
1226
13152
12305
1227
13155
12308
1228
13158
12311
1229
13161
12314
1230
13164
12317
1231
13167
12320
1232
13170
12323
1233
13173
12326
1234
13176
12329
1235
13179
12332
1236
13182
12335
1237
13185
12338
1238
13188
12341
1239
13191
12344
1240
13194
12347
1241
13197
12350
1242
12353
12353
1243
12356
12356
1244
12359
12359
1245
12362
12362
1246
12365
12365

16 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1601
17242
16360
1602
17245
16363
1603
17248
16366
1604
17251
16369
1605
17254
16372
1606
17257
16375
1607
17260
16378
1608
17263
16381
1609
17266
16384
1610
17269
16387
1611
17272
16390
1612
17275
16393
1613
17278
16396
1614
17281
16399
1615
17284
16402
1616
17287
16405
1617
17290
16408
1618
17293
16411
1619
17296
16414
1620
17299
16417
1621
17302
16420
1622
17305
16423
1623
17308
16426
1624
17311
16429
1625
17314
16432
1626
17317
16435
1627
17320
16438
1628
17323
16441
1629
17326
16444
1630
17329
16447
1631
17332
16450
1632
17335
16453
1633
17338
16456
1634
17341
16459
1635
17344
16462
1636
17347
16465
1637
17350
16468
1638
17353
16471
1639
17356
16474
1640
17359
16477
1641
17362
16480
1642
17365
16483
1643
17368
16486
1644
17371
16489
1645
17374
16492
1646
17377
16495
1647
17380
16498
1648
17383
16501
1649
17386
16504
1650
17389
16507

16 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
165 1
17392
16510
1652
17395
16513
1653
17398
16516
165 4
17401
16519
1655
17404
16522
1656
17407
1652 5
1657
16528
16528
1658
16531
16531
1659
16534
16534
1660
16537
16537
1661
16540
16540
166 2
16543
16543
1663
16546
16546

Above is factory programmed.

AP-9

APPENDIX

18/19, 22, 25/26 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)
18/19 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
1801
19755
18780
1802
19758
18783
1803
19761
18786
1804
19764
18789
1805
19767
18792
1806
19770
18795
1807
19773
18798
1808
19776
18801
1809
19779
18804
1810
19782
18807
1811
19785
18810
1812
19788
18813
1813
19791
18816
1814
19794
18819
1815
19797
18822
1816
18825
18825
1817
18828
18828
1818
18831
18831
1819
18834
18834
1820
18837
18837
1821
18840
18840
1822
18843
18843

AP-10

22 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
2201
22696
22000
2202
22699
22003
2203
22702
22006
22705
22009
2204
2205
22708
22012
2206
22711
22015
2207
22714
22018
2208
22717
22021
2209
22720
22024
2210
22723
22027
2211
22726
22030
2212
22729
22033
2213
22732
22036
2214
22735
22039
2215
22738
22042
2216
22741
22045
2217
22744
22048
22051
2218
22747
2219
22750
22054
2220
22753
22057
22756
22060
2221
2222
22759
22063
2223
22762
22066
2224
22765
22069
2225
22768
22072
2226
22771
22075
2227
22774
22078
2228
22777
22081
22084
2229
22780
2230
22783
22087
2231
22786
22090
2232
22789
22093
2233
22792
22096
2234
22795
22099
2235
22798
22102
2236
22801
22105
2237
22804
22108
2238
22807
22111
22810
22114
2239
2240
22813
22117
2241
22816
22120
2242
22819
22123
2243
22822
22126
2244
22825
22129
2245
22828
22132
2246
22831
22135
22138
2247
22834
2248
22837
22141
2249
22840
22144
2250
22843
22147

22 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO.
SHIP RX
SHIP TX
2251
22846
22150
225 2
22849
22153
225 3
22852
22156
2254
22159
22159
2255
22162
22162
2256
22165
22165
2257
22168
22168
2258
22171
22171
2259
22174
22174
2260
22177
22177

25/26 MHz SSB (J3E)
CH NO
Ship RX
Ship TX
2501
26145
25070
2502
26148
25073
250 3
26151
25076
2504
26154
25079
250 5
26157
25082
2506
26160
25085
250 7
26163
25088
2508
26166
2509 1
2509
26169
25094
2510
26172
25097
2511
25100
25100
2512
25103
25103
2513
25106
25106
25109
251 4
25109
2515
25112
25112
2516
25115
25115
2517
25118
25118

APPENDIX

MF band telex frequency table

2001
2002
2003
2004
2005

Ship Transmit
(NBDP, DSC)
2142.0
2142.5
2143.0
2143.5
2144.0

Ship Receive
(NBDP, DSC)
1607.0
1607.5
1608.0
1608.5
1609.0

2006
2007
2008
2009
2010

2144.5
2145.0
2145.5
2146.0
2146.5

1609.5
1610.0
1610.5
1611.0
1611.5

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015

2147.0
2147.5
2148.0
2148.5
2149.0

1612.0
1612.5
1613.0
1613.5
1614.0

2016
2017
2018
2019
2020

2149.5
2150.0
2150.5
2151.0
2151.5

1614.5
1615.0
1615.5
1616.0
1616.5

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025

2152.0
2152.5
2153.0
2153.5
2154.0

1617.0
1617.5
1618.0
1618.5
1619.0

2026
2027
2028
2029
2030

2154.5
2155.0
2155.5
2156.0
2156.5

1619.5
1620.0
1620.5
1621.0
1621.5

2031
2032
2033
2034
2035

2157.0
2157.5
2158.0
2158.5
2159.0

1622.0
1622.5
1623.0
1623.5
1624.0

2036

2159.5

1624.5

CH NO.

NBDP/DSC

DSC

AP-11

No.
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033

4 MHz BAND
TX
4172.5
4173.0
4173.5
4174.0
4174.5
4175.0
4175.5
4176.0
4176.5
4177.0
4177.5
4178.0
4178.5
4179.0
4179.5
4180.0
4180.5
4181.0
4181.5
4202.5
4203.0
4203.5
4204.0
4204.5
4205.0
4205.5
4206.0
4206.5
4207.0
4207.5
4208.0
4208.5
4209.0

RX
4210.5
4211.0
4211.5
4212.0
4212.5
4213.0
4213.5
4214.0
4214.5
4215.0
4177.5
4215.5
4216.0
4216.5
4217.0
4217.5
4218.0
4218.5
4219.0
4202.5
4203.0
4203.5
4204.0
4204.5
4205.0
4205.5
4206.0
4206.5
4207.0
4207.5
4219.5
4220.0
4220.5

No.
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061

6 MHz BAND
TX
6263.0
6263.5
6264.0
6264.5
6265.0
6265.5
6266.0
6266.5
6267.0
6267.5
6268.0
6268.5
6269.0
6269.5
6270.0
6270.5
6271.0
6271.5
6272.0
6272.5
6273.0
6273.5
6274.0
6274.5
6275.0
6275.5
6281.0
6281.5
6282.0
6282.5
6283.0
6283.5
6284.0
6284.5
6300.5
6301.0
6301.5
6302.0
6302.5
6303.0
6303.5
6304.0
6304.5
6305.0
6305.5
6306.0
6306.5
6307.0
6307.5
6308.0
6308.5
6309.0
6309.5
6310.0
6310.5
6311.0
6311.5
6312.0
6312.5
6313.0
6313.5
RX
6314.5
6315.0
6315.5
6316.0
6316.5
6317.0
6317.5
6318.0
6318.5
6319.0
6268.0
6319.5
6320.0
6320.5
6321.0
6321.5
6322.0
6322.5
6323.0
6323.5
6324.0
6324.5
6325.0
6325.5
6326.0
6326.5
6327.0
6327.5
6328.0
6328.5
6329.0
6329.5
6330.0
6330.5
6300.5
6301.0
6301.5
6302.0
6302.5
6303.0
6303.5
6304.0
6304.5
6305.0
6305.5
6306.0
6306.5
6307.0
6307.5
6308.0
6308.5
6309.0
6309.5
6310.0
6310.5
6311.0
6311.5
6312.0
6331.0
6331.5
6332.0

No.
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065

8 MHz BAND
TX
8376.5
8377.0
8377.5
8378.0
8378.5
8379.0
8379.5
8380.0
8380.5
8381.0
8381.5
8382.0
8382.5
8383.0
8383.5
8384.0
8384.5
8385.0
8385.5
8386.0
8386.5
8387.0
8387.5
8388.0
8388.5
8389.0
8389.5
8390.0
8390.5
8391.0
8391.5
8392.0
8392.5
8393.0
8393.5
8394.0
8394.5
8395.0
8395.5
8396.0
8396.5
8397.0
8397.5
8398.0
8398.5
8399.0
8399.5
8400.0
8400.5
8401.0
8401.5
8402.0
8402.5
8403.0
8403.5
8404.0
8404.5
8405.0
8405.5
8406.0
8406.5
8407.0
8407.5
8408.0
8408.5
RX
8376.5
8417.0
8417.5
8418.0
8418.5
8419.0
8419.5
8420.0
8420.5
8421.0
8421.5
8422.0
8422.5
8423.0
8423.5
8424.0
8424.5
8425.0
8425.5
8426.0
8426.5
8427.0
8427.5
8428.0
8428.5
8429.0
8429.5
8430.0
8430.5
8431.0
8431.5
8432.0
8432.5
8433.0
8433.5
8434.0
8434.5
8435.0
8435.5
8436.0
8396.5
8397.0
8397.5
8398.0
8398.5
8399.0
8399.5
8400.0
8400.5
8401.0
8401.5
8402.0
8402.5
8403.0
8403.5
8404.0
8404.5
8405.0
8405.5
8406.0
8406.5
8407.0
8407.5
8408.0
8408.5

No.
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065

12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12477.0
12579.5
12477.5
12580.0
12478.0
12580.5
12478.5
12581.0
12479.0
12581.5
12479.5
12582.0
12480.0
12582.5
12480.5
12583.0
12481.0
12583.5
12481.5
12584.0
12482.0
12584.5
12482.5
12585.0
12483.0
12585.5
12483.5
12586.0
12484.0
12586.5
12484.5
12587.0
12485.0
12587.5
12485.5
12588.0
12486.0
12588.5
12486.5
12589.0
12487.0
12589.5
12487.5
12590.0
12488.0
12590.5
12488.5
12591.0
12489.0
12591.5
12489.5
12592.0
12490.0
12592.5
12490.5
12593.0
12491.0
12593.5
12491.5
12594.0
12492.0
12594.5
12492.5
12595.0
12493.0
12595.5
12493.5
12596.0
12494.0
12596.5
12494.5
12597.0
12495.0
12597.5
12495.5
12598.0
12496.0
12598.5
12496.5
12599.0
12497.0
12599.5
12497.5
12600.0
12498.0
12600.5
12498.5
12601.0
12499.0
12601.5
12499.5
12602.0
12500.0
12602.5
12500.5
12603.0
12501.0
12603.5
12501.5
12604.0
12502.0
12604.5
12502.5
12605.0
12503.0
12605.5
12503.5
12606.0
12504.0
12606.5
12504.5
12607.0
12505.0
12607.5
12505.5
12608.0
12506.0
12608.5
12506.5
12609.0
12507.0
12609.5
12507.5
12610.0
12508.0
12610.5
12508.5
12611.0
12509.0
12611.5
No.
16001
16002
16003
16004
16005
16006
16007
16008
16009
16010
16011
16012
16013
16014
16015
16016
16017
16018
16019
16020
16021
16022
16023
16024
16025
12026
16027
16028
16029
16030
16031
16032
16033
16034
16035
16036
16037
16038
16039
16040
16041
16042
16043
16044
16045
16046
16047
16048
16049
16050
16051
16052
16053
16054
16055
16056
16057
16058
16059
16060
16061
16062
16063
16064
16065

16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16683.5
16807.0
16684.0
16807.5
16684.5
16808.0
16685.0
16808.5
16685.5
16809.0
16686.0
16809.5
16686.5
16810.0
16687.0
16810.5
16687.5
16811.0
16688.0
16811.5
16688.5
16812.0
16689.0
16812.5
16689.5
16813.0
16690.0
16813.5
16690.5
16814.0
16691.0
16814.5
16691.5
16815.0
16692.0
16815.5
16692.5
16816.0
16693.0
16816.5
16693.5
16817.0
16694.0
16817.5
16694.5
16818.0
16695.0
16695.0
16695.5
16818.5
16696.0
16919.0
16696.5
16819.5
16697.0
16820.0
16697.5
16820.5
16698.0
16821.0
16698.5
16821.5
16999.0
16822.0
16999.5
16822.5
16700.0
16823.0
16700.5
16823.5
16701.0
16824.0
16701.5
16824.5
16702.0
16825.0
16702.5
16825.5
16703.0
16826.0
16703.5
16826.5
16704.0
16827.0
16704.5
16827.5
16705.0
16828.0
16705.5
16828.5
16706.0
16829.0
16706.5
16829.5
16707.0
16830.0
16707.5
16830.5
16708.0
16831.0
16708.5
16831.5
16709.0
16832.0
16709.5
16832.5
16710.0
16833.0
16710.5
16833.5
16711.0
16834.0
16711.5
16834.5
16712.0
16835.0
16712.5
16835.5
16713.0
16836.0
16713.5
16836.5
16714.0
16837.0
16714.5
16837.5
16715.0
16838.0
16715.5
16838.5

18/19 MHz BAND
No.
TX
RX
18001
18870.5
19681.0
18002
18871.0
19681.5
18003
18871.5
19682.0
18004
18872.0
19682.5
18005
18872.5
19683.0
18006
18873.0
19683.5
18007
18873.5
19684.0
18008
18874.0
19684.5
18009
18874.5
19685.0
18010
18875.0
19685.5
18011
18875.5
19686.0
18012
18876.0
19686.5
18013
18876.5
19687.0
18014
18877.0
19687.5
18015
18877.5
19688.0
18016
18878.0
19688.5
18017
18878.5
19689.0
18018
18879.0
19689.5
18019
18879.5
19690.0
18020
18880.0
19690.5
18021
18880.5
19691.0
18022
18881.0
19691.5
18023
18881.5
19692.0
18024
18882.0
19692.5
18025
18882.5
19693.0
18026
18883.0
19693.5
18027
18883.5
19694.0
18028
18884.0
19694.5
18029
18884.5
19695.0
18030
18885.0
19695.5
18031
18885.5
19696.0
18032
18886.0
19696.5
18033
18886.5
19697.0
18034
18887.0
19697.5
18035
18887.5
19698.0
18036
18888.0
19698.5
18037
18888.5
19699.0
18038
18889.0
19699.5
18039
18889.5
19700.0
18040
18890.0
19700.5
18041
18890.5
19701.0
18042
18891.0
19701.5
18043
18891.5
19702.0
18044
18892.0
19702.5
18045
18892.5
19703.0
18046
18893.0
18893.0
18047
18893.5
18893.5
18048
18894.0
18894.0
18049
18894.5
18894.5
18050
18895.0
18895.0
18051
18895.5
18895.5
18052
18896.0
18896.0
18053
18896.5
18896.5
18054
18897.0
18897.0
18055
18897.5
18897.5
18056
18898.0
18898.0
18057
18898.5
19703.5
18058
18899.0
19704.0
18059
18899.5
19704.5

ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (1/4)
No.
22001
22002
22003
22004
22005
22006
22007
22008
22009
22010
22011
22012
22013
22014
22015
22016
22017
22018
22019
22020
22021
22022
22023
22024
22025
22026
22027
22028
22029
22030
22031
22032
22033
22034
22035
22036
22037
22038
22039
22040
22041
22042
22043
22044
22045
22046
22047
22048
22049
22050
22051
22052
22053
22054
22055
22056
22057
22058
22059
22060
22061
22062
22063
22064
22065

22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22284.5
22376.5
22285.0
22377.0
22285.5
22377.5
22286.0
22378.0
22286.5
22378.5
22287.0
22379.0
22287.5
22379.5
22288.0
22380.0
22288.5
22380.5
22289.0
22381.0
22289.5
22381.5
22290.0
22382.0
22290.5
22382.5
22291.0
22383.0
22291.5
22383.5
22292.0
22384.0
22292.5
22384.5
22293.0
22385.0
22293.5
22385.5
22294.0
22386.0
22294.5
22386.5
22295.0
22387.0
22295.5
22387.5
22296.0
22388.0
22296.5
22388.5
22297.0
22389.0
22297.5
22389.5
22298.0
22390.0
22298.5
22390.5
22299.0
22391.0
22299.5
22391.5
22300.0
22392.0
22300.5
22392.5
22301.0
22393.0
22301.5
22393.5
22302.0
22394.0
22302.5
22394.5
22303.0
22395.0
22303.5
22395.5
22304.0
22396.0
22304.5
22396.5
22305.0
22397.0
22305.5
22397.5
22306.0
22398.0
22306.5
22398.5
22307.0
22399.0
22307.5
22399.5
22308.0
22400.0
22308.5
22400.5
22309.0
22401.0
22309.5
22401.5
22310.0
22402.0
22310.5
22402.5
22311.0
22403.0
22311.5
22403.5
22312.0
22404.0
22312.5
22404.5
22313.0
22405.0
22313.5
22405.5
22314.0
22406.0
22314.5
22406.5
22315.0
22407.0
22315.5
22407.5
22316.0
22408.0
22316.5
22408.5

25/26 MHz BAND
No.
TX
RX
25001
25173.0
26101.0
25002
25173.5
26101.5
25003
25174.0
26102.0
25004
25174.5
26102.5
25005
25175.0
26103.0
25006
25175.5
26103.5
25007
25176.0
26104.0
25008
25176.5
26104.5
25009
25177.0
26105.0
25010
25177.5
26105.5
25011
25178.0
26106.0
25012
25178.5
26106.5
25013
25179.0
26107.0
25014
25179.5
26107.5
25015
25180.0
26108.0
25016
25180.5
26108.5
25017
25181.0
26109.0
25018
25181.5
26109.5
25019
25182.0
26110.0
25020
25182.5
26110.5
25021
25183.0
26111.0
25022
25183.5
26111.5
25023
25184.0
26112.0
25024
25184.5
26112.5
25025
25185.0
26113.0
25026
25185.5
26113.5
25027
28186.0
26114.0
25028
25186.5
26114.5
25029
25187.0
26115.0
25030
25187.5
26115.5
25031
25188.0
26116.0
25032
25188.5
26116.5
25033
25189.0
26117.0
25034
25189.5
26117.5
25035
25190.0
26118.0
25036
25190.5
26118.5
25037
25191.0
26119.0
25038
25191.5
26119.5
25039
25192.0
26120.0
25040
25192.5
26120.5
25041
25193.0
25193.0
25042
25193.5
25193.5
25043
25194.0
25194.0
25044
25194.5
25194.5
25045
25195.0
25195.0
25046
25195.5
25195.5
25047
25196.0
25196.0
25048
25196.5
25196.5
25049
25197.0
25197.0
25050
25197.5
25197.5
25051
25198.0
25198.0
25052
25198.5
25198.5
25053
25199.0
25199.0
25054
25199.5
25199.5
25055
25200.0
25200.0
25056
25200.5
25200.5
25057
25201.0
25201.0
25058
25201.5
25201.5
25059
25202.0
25202.0
25060
25202.5
25202.5
25061
25203.0
25203.0
25062
25203.5
25203.5
25063
25204.0
25204.0
25064
25204.5
25204.5
25065
25205.0
25205.0

APPENDIX

ITU Telex frequency table (1/4)

AP-12

No.

4 MHz BAND
TX

No.

6 MHz BAND
TX
RX

No.
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
7074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080

8 MHz BAND
TX
8409.0
8409.5
8410.0
8410.5
8411.0
8411.5
8412.0
8412.5
8413.0
8413.5
8414.0
8414.5
8415.0
8415.5
8416.0
RX
8409.0
8409.5
8410.0
8410.5
8411.0
8411.5
8412.0
8412.5
8413.0
8413.5
8414.0
8414.5
8436.5
8437.0
8437.5

No.
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130

12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12509.5
12612.0
12510.0
12612.5
12510.5
12613.0
12511.0
12613.5
12511.5
12614.0
12512.0
12614.5
12512.5
12615.0
12513.0
12615.5
12513.5
12616.0
12514.0
12616.5
12514.5
12617.0
12515.0
12617.5
12515.5
12618.0
12516.0
12618.5
12516.5
12619.0
12517.0
12619.5
12517.5
12620.0
12518.0
12620.5
12518.5
12621.0
12519.0
12621.5
12519.5
12622.0
12520.0
12520.0
12520.5
12622.5
12521.0
12623.0
12521.5
12623.5
12522.0
12624.0
12522.5
12624.5
12523.0
12625.0
12523.5
12625.5
12524.0
12626.0
12524.5
12626.5
12525.0
12627.0
12525.5
12627.5
12526.0
12628.0
12526.5
12628.5
12527.0
12629.0
12527.5
12629.5
12528.0
12630.0
12528.5
12630.5
12529.0
12631.0
12529.5
12631.5
12530.0
12632.0
12530.5
12632.5
12531.0
12633.0
12531.5
12633.5
12532.0
12634.0
12532.5
12634.5
12533.0
12635.0
12533.5
12635.5
12534.0
12636.0
12534.5
12636.5
12535.0
12637.0
12535.5
12637.5
12536.0
12638.0
12536.5
12638.5
12537.0
12639.0
12537.5
12639.5
12538.0
12640.0
12538.5
12640.5
12539.0
12641.0
12539.5
12641.5
12540.0
12642.0
12540.5
12642.5
12541.0
12643.0
12541.5
12643.5
No.
16066
16067
16068
16069
16070
16071
16072
16073
16074
16075
16076
16077
16078
16079
16080
16081
16082
16083
16084
16085
16086
16087
16088
16089
16090
16091
16092
16093
16094
16095
19096
16097
16098
16099
16100
16101
16102
16103
16104
16105
16106
16107
16108
16109
16110
16111
16112
16113
16114
16115
16116
16117
16118
16119
16120
16121
16122
16123
16124
16125
16126
16127
16128
16129
16130

16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16716.0
16839.0
16716.5
16839.5
16717.0
16840.0
16717.5
16840.5
16718.0
16841.0
16718.5
16841.5
16719.0
16842.0
16719.5
16842.5
16720.0
16843.0
16720.5
16843.5
16721.0
16844.0
16721.5
16844.5
16722.0
16845.0
16722.5
16845.5
16723.0
16846.0
16723.5
16846.5
16724.0
16847.0
16724.5
16847.5
16725.0
16848.0
16725.5
16848.5
16726.0
16849.0
16726.5
16849.5
16727.0
16850.0
16727.5
16850.5
16728.0
16851.0
16728.5
16851.5
16729.0
16852.0
16729.5
16852.5
16730.0
16853.0
16730.5
16853.5
16731.0
16854.0
16731.5
16854.5
16732.0
16855.0
16732.5
16855.5
16733.0
16856.0
16733.5
16856.5
16739.0
16857.0
16739.5
16857.5
16740.0
16858.0
16740.5
16858.5
16741.0
16859.0
16741.5
16859.5
16742.0
16860.0
16742.5
16860.5
16743.0
16861.0
16743.5
16861.5
16744.0
16862.0
16744.5
16862.5
16745.0
16863.0
16745.5
16863.5
16746.0
16864.0
16746.5
16864.5
16747.0
16865.0
16747.5
16865.5
16748.0
16866.0
16748.5
16866.5
16749.0
16867.0
16749.5
16867.5
16750.0
16868.0
16750.5
16868.5
16751.0
16869.0
16751.5
16869.5
16752.0
16870.0
16752.5
16870.5
16753.0
16871.0
No.

ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (2/4)
18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22066
22067
22068
22069
22070
22071
22072
20073
22074
22075
22076
22077
22078
22079
22080
22081
22082
22083
22084
22085
22086
22087
22088
22089
22090
22091
22092
22093
22094
22095
22096
22097
22098
22099
22100
22101
22102
22103
22104
22105
22106
22107
22108
22109
22110
22111
22112
22113
22114
22115
22116
22117
22118
22119
22120
22121
22122
22123
22124
22125
22126
22127
22128
22129
22130

22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22317.0
22409.0
22317.5
22490.5
22318.0
22410.0
22318.5
22410.5
22319.0
22411.0
22319.5
22411.5
22320.0
22412.0
22320.5
22412.5
22321.0
22413.0
22321.5
22413.5
22322.0
22414.0
22322.5
22414.5
22323.0
22415.0
22323.5
22415.5
22324.0
22416.0
22324.5
22416.5
22325.0
22417.0
22325.5
22417.5
22326.0
22418.0
22326.5
22418.5
22327.0
22419.0
22327.5
22419.5
22328.0
22420.0
22328.5
22420.5
22329.0
22421.0
22329.5
22421.5
22330.0
22422.0
22330.5
22422.5
22331.0
22423.0
22331.5
22423.5
22332.0
22424.0
22332.5
22424.5
22333.0
22425.0
22333.5
22425.5
22334.0
22426.0
22334.5
22426.5
22335.0
22427.0
22335.5
22427.5
22336.0
22428.0
22336.5
22428.5
22337.0
22429.0
22337.5
22429.5
22338.0
22430.0
22338.5
22430.5
22339.0
22431.0
22339.5
22431.5
22340.0
22432.0
22340.5
22432.5
22341.0
22433.0
22341.5
22433.5
22342.0
22434.0
22342.5
22434.5
22343.0
22435.0
22343.5
22435.5
22344.0
22436.0
22344.5
22436.5
22345.0
22437.0
22345.5
22437.5
22346.0
22438.0
22346.5
22438.5
22347.0
22439.0
22347.5
22439.5
22348.0
22440.0
22348.5
22440.5
22349.0
22441.0

25/26 MHz BAND
No.
TX
RX
25066
25205.5
25205.5
25067
25206.0
25206.0
25068
25206.5
25206.5
25069
25207.0
25207.0
25070
25207.5
25207.5
25071
25208.0
25208.0
25072
25208.5
26121.0
25073
25209.0
26121.5
25074
25209.5
26122.0

APPENDIX

ITU Telex frequency table (2/4)

AP-13

No.

4 MHz BAND
TX

No.

6 MHz BAND
TX
RX

No.

8 MHz BAND
TX
RX

No.
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194

12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
12542.0
12644.0
12542.5
12644.5
12543.0
12645.0
12543.5
12645.5
12544.0
12646.0
12544.5
12646.5
12545.0
12647.0
12545.5
12647.5
12546.0
12648.0
12546.5
12648.5
12547.0
12649.0
12547.5
12649.5
12548.0
12650.0
12548.5
12650.5
12549.0
12651.0
12549.5
12651.5
12555.0
12652.0
12555.5
12652.5
12556.0
12653.0
12556.5
12653.5
12557.0
12654.0
12557.5
12654.5
12558.0
12655.0
12558.5
12655.5
12559.0
12656.0
12559.5
12656.5
12560.0
12560.0
12560.5
12560.5
12561.0
12561.0
12561.5
12561.5
12562.0
12562.0
12562.5
12562.5
12563.0
12563.0
12563.5
12563.5
12564.0
12564.0
12564.5
12564.5
12565.0
12565.0
12565.5
12565.5
12566.0
12566.0
12566.5
12566.5
12567.0
12567.0
12567.5
12567.5
12568.0
12568.0
12568.5
12568.5
12569.0
12569.0
12569.5
12569.5
12570.0
12570.0
12570.5
12570.5
12571.0
12571.0
12571.5
12571.5
12572.0
12572.0
12572.5
12572.5
12573.0
12573.0
12573.5
12573.5
12574.0
12574.0
12574.5
12574.5
12575.0
12575.0
12575.5
12575.5
12576.0
12576.0
12576.5
12576.5
12577.0
12577.0
12577.5
12657.0
12578.0
12657.5
12578.5
12658.0
No.
16131
16132
16133
16134
16135
16136
16137
16138
16139
16140
16141
16142
16143
16144
16145
16146
16147
16148
16149
16150
16151
16152
16153
16154
16155
16156
16157
16158
16159
16160
16161
16162
16163
16164
16165
16166
16167
16168
16169
16170
16171
16172
16173
16174
16175
16176
16177
16178
16179
16180
16181
16182
16183
16184
16185
16186
16187
16188
16189
16190
16191
16192
16193
16194
16195

16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16753.5
16871.5
16754.0
16872.0
16754.5
16872.5
16755.0
16873.0
16755.5
16873.5
16756.0
16874.0
16756.5
16874.5
16757.0
16875.0
16757.5
16875.5
16758.0
16876.0
16758.5
16876.5
16759.0
16877.0
16759.5
16877.5
16760.0
16878.0
16760.5
16878.5
16761.0
16879.0
16761.5
16879.5
16762.0
16880.0
16762.5
16880.5
16763.0
16881.0
16763.5
16881.5
16764.0
16882.0
16764.5
16882.5
16765.0
16883.0
16765.5
16883.5
16766.0
16884.0
16766.5
16884.5
16767.0
16885.0
16767.5
16885.5
16768.0
16886.0
16768.5
16886.5
16769.0
16887.0
16769.5
16887.5
16770.0
16888.0
16770.5
16888.5
16771.0
16889.0
16771.5
16889.5
16772.0
16890.0
16772.5
16890.5
16773.0
16891.0
16773.5
16891.5
16774.0
16892.0
16774.5
16892.5
16775.0
16893.0
16775.5
16893.5
16776.0
16894.0
16776.5
16894.5
16777.0
16895.0
16777.5
16895.5
16778.0
16896.0
16778.5
16896.5
16779.0
16897.0
16779.5
16897.5
16780.0
16898.0
16780.5
16898.5
16781.0
16899.0
16781.5
16899.5
16782.0
16900.0
16782.5
16900.5
16783.0
16901.0
16783.5
16901.5
16784.0
16902.0
16784.5
16902.5
16785.0
16785.0
16785.5
16785.5
No.

ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (3/4)
18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
22131
22132
22133
22134
22135
22136
22137
22138
22139
22140
22141
22142
22143
22144
22145
22146
22147
22148
22149
22150
22151
22152
22153
22154
22155
22156
22157
22158
22159
22160
22161
22162
22163
22164
22165
22166
22167
22168
22169
22170
22171
22172
22173
22174
22175
22176
22177
22178
22179
22180
22181
22182
22183

22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
22349.5
22441.5
22350.0
22442.0
22350.5
22442.5
22351.0
22443.0
22351.5
22443.5
22352.0
22352.0
22352.5
22352.5
22353.0
22353.0
22353.5
22353.5
22354.0
22354.0
22354.5
22354.5
22355.0
22355.0
22355.5
22355.5
22356.0
22356.0
22356.5
22356.5
22357.0
22357.0
22357.5
22357.5
22358.0
22358.0
22358.5
22358.5
22359.0
22359.0
22359.5
22359.5
22360.0
22360.0
22360.5
22360.5
22361.0
22361.0
22361.5
22361.5
22362.0
22362.0
22362.5
22362.5
22363.0
22363.0
22363.5
22363.5
22364.0
22364.0
22364.5
22364.5
22365.0
22365.0
22365.5
22365.5
22366.0
22366.0
22366.5
22366.5
22367.0
22367.0
22367.5
22367.5
22368.0
22368.0
22368.5
22368.5
22369.0
22369.0
22369.5
22369.5
22370.0
22370.0
22370.5
22370.5
22371.0
22371.0
22371.5
22371.5
22372.0
22372.0
22372.5
22372.5
22373.0
22373.0
22373.5
22373.5
22374.0
22374.0
22374.5
22444.0
22375.0
22444.5
22375.5
22445.0
No.

25/26 MHz BAND
TX
RX

APPENDIX

ITU Telex frequency table (3/4)

AP-14

No.

4 MHz BAND
TX

No.

6 MHz BAND
TX

No.

8 MHz BAND
TX
RX

No.

12 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.
16196
16197
16198
16199
16200
16201
16202
16203
16204
16205
16206
16207
16208
16209
16210
16211
16212
16213
16214
16215
16216
16217
16218
16219
19220
16221
16222
16223
16224
16225
16226
16227
16228
16229
16230
16231
16232
16233
16234
16235
16236

16 MHz BAND
TX
RX
16786.0
16786.0
16786.5
16786.5
16787.0
16787.0
16787.5
16787.5
16788.0
16788.0
16788.5
16788.5
16789.0
16789.0
16789.5
16789.5
16790.0
16790.0
16790.5
16790.5
16791.0
16791.0
16791.5
16791.5
16792.0
16792.0
16792.5
16792.5
16793.0
16793.0
16793.5
16793.5
16794.0
16794.0
16794.5
16794.5
16795.0
16795.0
16795.5
16795.5
16796.0
16796.0
16796.5
16796.5
16797.0
16797.0
16797.5
16797.5
16798.0
16798.0
16798.5
16798.5
16799.0
16799.0
16799.5
16799.5
16800.0
16800.0
16800.5
16800.5
16801.0
16801.0
16801.5
16801.5
16802.0
16802.0
16802.5
16802.5
16803.0
16803.0
16803.5
16803.5
16804.0
16804.0
16804.5
16804.5
16805.0
16903.0
16805.5
16903.5
16806.0
16904.0
No.

ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (4/4)
18/19 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.

22 MHz BAND
TX
RX
No.

25/26 MHz BAND
TX
RX

APPENDIX

ITU Telex frequency table (4/4)

AP-15

APPENDIX

Telex Abbreviations
Abbreviation
ADV
ACK
AGN
BI (GS)
BK
CFM
COL
CRV
DER
DWN
EEE
FM
GA
MNS
MOM
MUTI
NA
NC
NCH
NP
NR
OCC
OK
P (or 0)
PLS (PSE)
PPR
R (RCD)
RAP
RD
RE
RPT
SRY
SVP
TAX
TEST MSG
THRU
TKS (TNX)
TLX

AP-16

Meaning
Advise
Acknowledge
Again
Good bye
I cut off.
Confirm
Collation
How do you receive?
Out of order
Down
Error
From
Go ahead.
Minutes
Wait (Waiting)
Mutilated
Correspondence to this subscriber is not admitted.
No circuits
Subscriber's number has been changed.
The called party is not or no longer is a subscriber.
Indicate your call number.
Subscriber is engaged.
Agreed.
Stop your transmission.
Please
Paper
Received
I will call you again.
Read
Referrring to
Repeat
Sorry
Please
What is the charge?
Please send a test message?
You are in communication with telex position
Thanks
Telex

APPENDIX

Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1)
I/O Sentences
Input sentences (IEC 61162-1)
GNS, RMC, GLL, GGA, ZDA
Input sentence description
GGA – Global positioning system(GPS) fix data
$--GGA,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x,xx,x.x,x.x,M,x.x,M,x.x,xxxx*hh
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| |
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | |
| +-- 11
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | | +---- 10
|
| |
|
| | | | | | | | +--------- 9
|
| |
|
| | | | | | +---+------------ 8
|
| |
|
| | | | +---+------------------ 7
|
| |
|
| | | +------------------------- 6
|
| |
|
| | +---------------------------- 5
|
| |
|
| +------------------------------- 4
|
| |
+----+--------------------------------- 3
|
+---+--------------------------------------------- 2
+------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. UTC of position
2. Latitude, N/S
3. Longitude, E/W
4. GPS quality indicator
5. Number of satllite in use,00-12, may be different from the number in view
6. Horizontal dilution of precision
7. Antenna altitude above/below mean sealevel, m
8. Geoidal separation, m
9. Age of differential GPS data
10. Differential reference station ID, 0000-1023
11. Checksum

AP-17

APPENDIX

GLL – Geographic position – latitude/longitude
$--GLL,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,hhmmss.ss,A,a*hh
| |
|
|
|
| | |
| |
|
|
|
| | +------- 6
| |
|
|
|
| +--------- 5
| |
|
|
|
+----------- 4
| |
|
|
+---------------- 3
| |
+------+----------------------- 2
+---+----------------------------------- 1
1. Latitude, N/S
2. Longitude, E/W
3. UTC of position
4. Status: A=data valid, V=data invalid
5. Mode indicator(see note)
6. Checksum
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:
A = Autonomous
D = Differential
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be
set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and
D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not
be null fields.

ZDA – Time and date

$--ZDA,hhmmss.ss,xx,xx,xxxx,xx,xx*hh
|
| |
| | | |
|
| |
| | | +--------- 7
|
| |
| | +----------- 6
|
| |
| +-------------- 5
|
| | +------------------ 4
|
| +---------------------- 3
|
+------------------------- 2
+--------------------------------- 1
1. UTC
2. Day, 01 to 31(UTC)
3. Month, 01 to 12(UTC)
4. Year(UTC)
5. Local zone hours, 00h to +-13h
6. Local zone minutes, 00 to +59
as local hours
7. Checksum

AP-18

APPENDIX

GNS – GNSS fix data
$--GNS,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,c--c,xx,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x*hh
|

| |

| | | | | | |

| |

| | | | | | +--- 11

| |

| | | | | +------ 10

| |

| | | | +---------- 9

| |

| | | +-------------- 8

| |

| | +------------------ 7

| |

| +---------------------- 6

| |

+------------------------- 5

| +------------------------------ 4

+-----+--------------------------------- 3

+-----+--------------------------------------------- 2

+------------------------------------------------------------- 1

1. UTC of position
2. Latitude, N/S
3. Longitude, E/W
4. Mode indicator
5. Total number of satllite in use,00-99
6. HDOP
7. Antenna altitude, metres, re:mean-sea-level(geoid)
8. Geoidal separation
9. Age of differential data
10. Differential reference station ID
11. Checksum

AP-19

APPENDIX

RMC – Recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data
$--RMC,hhmmss.ss,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x.x,x.x,xxxxxx,x.x,a,a*hh
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | | |
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | | +--- 10
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
| | +----- 9
|
| | |
|
| | |
|
+--+------- 8
|
| | |
|
| | |
+--------------- 7
|
| | |
|
| | +--------------------- 6
|
| | |
|
| +------------------------- 5
|
| | |
+---+---------------------------- 4
|
| +---+---------------------------------------- 3
|
+--------------------------------------------------- 2
+---------------------------------------------------------- 1
1. UTC of position fix
2. Status: A=data valid, V=navigation receiver warning
3. Latitude, N/S
4. Longitude, E/W
5. Speed over ground, knots
6. Course over ground, degrees true
7. Date: dd/mm/yy
8. Magnetic variation, degrees E/W
9. Mode indicator(see note)
10. Checksum
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:

A = Autonomous
D = Differential
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)
M = Manual input
S = Simulator
N = Data not valid
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field
shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for
A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator
and Status field shall not be null fields.

AP-20

APPENDIX

Schematic diagram
T-IF BOARD

MOTHER BOARD

T-CPU BOARD

05P0759

05P0757

05P0732A
OPEN: IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183)

S2 SHORT: CIF

IEC 61162-1

TB6 R58
10
RD3_A 24
R59
10
RD3_B 25

J3
P201
< 41 < ..
.
< 42 <

P301
.. > 41
.
> 42

J1
>
>

R60
330

R59

CR11

100
1SS355

U18
PC-400

4
5

C29 C28
100P 100P

Load requirements as a listener
Isolation:
Optocoupler
Input impedance: 450Ω
Max. voltage:
±15 V
Threshold:
4 mA

AP-21

APPENDIX

Parts List
This equipment contains complex modules in which fault diagnosis and repair down to
component level are not practical (IMO A.694(17)/8.3.1). Only some discrete components
are used. FURUNO Electric Co., Ltd. Believes identifying these components is of no value
for shipboard maintenance; therefore, they are not listed in this manual. Major modules can
be located on the parts location photos on pages AP-26 thru AP-30.
Transceiver unit FS-1570T

FURUNO

Model
Unit

FS-1570T
TRANSCEIVER UNIT

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE

B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B13
B14
B17

AP-22

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
05P0731, T-I/F
05P0732B, T-CPU
05P0733, TX/RX
05P0734A, W/R
05P0735, PA
05P0736, TX-FIL
05P0737A, SW-REG
05P0742, MB
05P0746, PRESEL
05P0747, REF OSC
05P0751B, DSP (DSC)
05P0751A, DSP (NBDP)
05P0744, RELAY

CODE No.

005-963-050
001-033-810
005-963-090
001-005-370
005-963-130
005-963-150
001-005-390
005-963-210
005-963-250
005-963-270
001-010-380
005-963-310
005-963-230

REMARKS

SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

APPENDIX

Transceiver unit FS-2570T

FURUNO

Model
Unit

FS-2570T
TRANSCEIVER UNIT

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
Aug-02 Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE

B2
B3
B4
B5, B18
B6, B17
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
05P0731, T-I/F
05P0732B, T-CPU
05P0733, TX/RX
05P0734A, W/R
05P0739A, PA
05P0736A, TX-FIL
05P0737A, SW-REG
05P0743, MB
05P0746, PRESEL
05P0747, REF OSC
05P0744, RELAY
05P0751B, DSP (DSC)
05P0751A, DSP (NBDP)
05P0738, DRV
05P0740, COMB

CODE No.

005-963-050
001-033-810
005-963-090
001-005-370
005-956-570
005-963-170
001-005-390
005-516-340
005-963-250
005-963-270
005-963-230
001-010-380
005-963-310
005-516-280
005-516-320

REMARKS

SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

AP-23

APPENDIX

Control unit FS-2571C

FURUNO

Model
Unit

FS-2571C
CONTROL UNIT

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE

B2
B3
B4

AP-24

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
05P0810, PANEL
05P0811A, C-CPU
05P0812A, C-IF

CODE No.

001-031-390
001-033-850
001-033-900

REMARKS

SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY

X
X
X

APPENDIX

Control unit FS-5070T

FURUNO

Model
Unit

FS-5070T
TRANSCEIVER UNIT

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
Blk.No.
SYMBOL TYPE

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
B2
05P0757, T-I/F
B3
05P0732B, T-CPU
B5
05P0733, TX/RX
B6, B26
05P0734A, W/R
B17 to 20 05P0739A, PA
B13
05P0741, TX-FIL
B12
05P0737A, SW-REG
B8
05P0759, MB
B10, 11
B25
B9
B14
B21, 22
B4
B7
B15
B16
B24

05P0744, RELAY
05P0751A, DSP (DSC)
05P0751B, DSP (NBDP)
05P0738A, DRV
05P0740, COMB
05P0760, TX
05P0762, RX-FIL
05P0764, PWR
05P0765, DIV
05P0758, TB

CODE No.

001-031-480
001-033-810
005-963-090
001-005-370
005-956-570
001-031-570
001-035-390
005-966-060
005-963-310
001-010-380
005-963-310
005-966-210
005-516-320
005-031-510
005-031-540
005-966-020
005-966-030
005-966-050

REMARKS

SHIPPABLE
ASSEMBLY

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

AP-25

APPENDIX

Parts Location
FS-1570T
05P0744
RELAY Board
05P0737A
SW-REG Board

05P0746
PRESEL Board

05P0733
TX/RX Board
05P0734A
W/R Board

05P0747
REF OSC
Board

05P0742
MB Board
(underneath)

05P0736
TX FIL Board

AP-26

05P0735
PA Board

05P0731
05P0751A
T-I/F Board
DSP Board
(for NBDP) 05P0751B
DSP Board
05P0732B
T-CPU Board

APPENDIX

Transceiver unit FS-2570T
05P0738
DRV
05P0739A
PA

05P0737A
SW-REG

05P0734A
05P0739A
W/R (option)
PA
05P0734A
05P0744
W/R
RELAY

05P0747
REF OSC

05P0743
M-B
(behind)

05P0746
05P0736A
PRESEL
TX FIL
05P0740
COMB

05P0733
TX/RX

05P0731
05P0751A
T-I/F
DSP
05P0732B
05P0751B
(NBDP)
T-CPU
DSP
(DSC)

AP-27

APPENDIX

Transceiver unit FS-5070T (1)

05P0741
TX-FIL Board

(Inside)
05P0737A
SW-REG Board

05P0744
RELAY Board

AP-28

APPENDIX

Transceiver unit FS-5070T (2)
05P0740
COMB Board

(Inside)
COMB
05P0739A
PA Board

05P0762
RX-FIL Board
05P0734A
W/R Board
05P0733
TX-RX Board
05P0760
TX Board
05P0732B
T-CPU Board

(Inside)
05P0764
PWR Board
05P0738A
DRV Board

05P0765
DIV Board
05P0759
MB Board
(underneath)

05P0751A 05P0751B
DSP Board DSP Board
(DSC)
(NBDP)

(Upper)
05P0758
TB Board,
(Lower)
05P0757
T-I/F Board

AP-29

APPENDIX

Control unit FS-2571C

05P0810
PANEL Board

05P0811A
C-CPU Board

05P0812A
C-IF Board

AP-30

FURUNO

FS-1570/2570/5070

SPECIFICATIONS OF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE
FS-1570/2570/5070
1

MF/HF DIGITAL RADIOTELEPHONE

1.1

GENERAL

1.1.1

Communication system Full-duplex*1, semi-duplex or simplex

1.1.2

Class of emission

J3E: Telephone
J2B (F1B): DSC and NBDP
H3E: reception only

1.1.3

Frequency range

100.00 kHz to 29,999.99 kHz

1.1.4

Number of channel

User programmable: 256 TX/RX pairs
All ITU channels incorporated (include DSC/NBDP channel)
2182 kHz (single action)

1.1.5

Display method

Monochrome LCD (180 x 96 dots)

1.1.6

Backlight

8 tones

1.1.7

Contrast

64 steps

1.1.8

Warming up

1 minute approx. (oven 20 minutes approx.)

* : Operating frequency should not be higher than 22 MHz for full-duplex communication,
FS-5070 only

1.2

TRANSMITTER

1.2.1

Frequency range

1.2.2

RF output power

1,606.5 kHz to 26.175 MHz (100 Hz step)
FS-1570:

1.6 kHz-4 MHz: 75/100 Wpep (J3E, J2B (F1B))
4.0-26.175 MHz, 150 Wpep (J3E, J2B (F1B))

FS-2570:

1.6-4.00 MHz, 75/100/200 Wpep (J3E, J2B
(F1B))Wpep

FS-5070:

1.6-4.0 MHz, 400 Wpep, 4kHz-26.175 MHz: 500
Wpep*2

1.2.3

Frequency error

Within ±10 Hz

1.2.4

Modulation AF response

1.2.5

Modulation system

Low power balanced modulation

1.2.6

AF Input

-46 dBm/600 ohm (Handset/Microphone)

1.2.7

Line in

0 dBm/600 ohm

350 Hz to 2.7 kHz (SSB)

* : RF output power should be restricted to 400W on NBDP.
1.3

RECEIVER

1.3.1

Receiving system

Double-conversion superheterodyne

1.3.2

Frequency range

100 kHz-29,999.99 kHz (10 Hz step)

SP - 1

E5656S01A-M
080414

FURUNO
1.3.3

Sensitivity

FS-1570/2570/5070

Input level at 10 ohm+250 pF (below 4 MHz) and 50 ohm
(above 4MHz) to produce SINAD 20 dB
Frequency Range
J3E/H3E
100 kHz to 300 kHz
35 dBµV
300 kHz to 1.6 MHz
25 dBµV
1.6 MHz to 4.0 MHz
13 dBµV
4.0 MHz to 30 MHz
7 dBµV

1.4

Intermediate frequency

1st: 72,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz

1.5

Selectivity

J3E: 2.4kHz at -6dB, H3E: 6kHz at -6dB, J2B (F1B): 300Hz at –6dB

1.6

Inter-modulation

Better than 80 dBµV

1.7

Spurious response

Better than 70 dB

1.8

AGC

SLOW/FAST/OFF

1.9

BFO frequency

Telex/DSC: 1,700 Hz, Facsimile: 1,900 Hz

1.10 Audio output power

FS-1570/2570:

Internal speaker: 3W/8 ohm
External speaker: 4W/4 ohm

FS-5070:

Internal speaker: 1W/8 ohm
External speaker: 3W/4 ohm

Handset: 2.5mW/150 ohm, Line output: 0 dBm/600 ohm
1.11 Standard features

Noise Blanker, Voice-activated squelch, Pre-selector

DSC/WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER

2.1

DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING

2.1.1

Frequency shift

Space: 1785.0 ± 0.5 Hz, Mark: 1615.0 ± 0.5 Hz

2.1.2

Baud rate

100 bps ± 30 x 10-6

2.1.3

Protocol

FS-1570/2570: ITU-R Rec.M493-10, M541-8, M1082-1
FS-5070: ITU-R Rec.493-11, 541-9

2.1.4

Modulation

AFSK

2.1.5

Distress alarm

3.5 s to 4.5 s self-repetition

2.1.6

Distress alarm memory

2.2
2.2.1

50 messages

DSC/WATCH RECEIVER (FS-1570/2570)
Frequency range
DISTRESS

2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz

ROUTINE

2187.5 kHz

2.2.2

Class of emission

F1B, J2B

2.2.3

Antenna impedance

50 ohm

2.2.4

Local oscillator

1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz

2.2.5

Frequency stability

±10 Hz

2.2.6

Intermediate frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz

SP - 2

E5656S01A-M
080414

FURUNO
2.2.7

Selectivity

FS-1570/2570/5070

-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz, -30 dB: within ± 380 Hz,
-60 dB: within ± 550 Hz

2.2.8

Receiving system

Double-conversion superheterodyne

2.2.9

Radiation

within 4 nW

2.2.10 RX error rate

1 % or less at 1 µV input voltage

2.2.11 Spurious response

31.6mV non-modulated at 10µV input voltage,
at error rate within 1%

2.2.12 Scanning reception

max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)

2.2.13 Diagnosis

Transmit high frequency signal of DSC

2.3
2.3.1

DSC/WATCH RECEIVER (FS-5070)
Frequency range
DISTRESS

2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz

ROUTINE

1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz

2.3.2

Class of emission

F1B, J2B

2.3.3

Antenna impedance

50 ohm

2.3.4

Local oscillator

1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz

2.3.5

Frequency stability

±10 Hz

2.3.6

Intermediate frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz

2.3.7

Selectivity

-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz, -30 dB: within ± 380 Hz,
-60 dB: within ± 550 Hz

2.3.8

Receiving system

Double-conversion superheterodyne

2.3.9

Radiation

within 2 nW

2.3.10 RX error rate

1 % or less at 1 µV input voltage

2.3.11 Spurious response

31.6mV non-modulated at 10µV input voltage,
at error rate within 1%

2.3.12 Scanning reception

max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)

2.3.13 Diagnosis

Transmit high frequency signal of DSC

2.4

GENERAL Watch KEEPING receiver (FS-2570, option)

2.4.1 Frequency Range

1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz

2.4.2 Class of Emission

J2B, F1B

2.4.3 Antenna Impedance

50 ohms

2.4.4 Local Oscillator

1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz

2.4.5 Frequency Stability

within ±10 Hz

2.4.6 Intermediate Frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz
2.4.7 Selectivity

-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz,
-30 dB: within ± 380 Hz,

SP - 3

E5656S01A-M
080414

FURUNO

FS-1570/2570/5070

-60 dB: within ±550 Hz
2.4.8 Receiving System

Double-conversion superheterodyne

2.4.9 Radiation

within 2 nW

2.4.10 RX Error Rate

1 % or less at 1 μV input voltage

2.4.11 Spurious Response

31.6 mV non-modulated at 10μV input voltage,
at error rate within 1%

2.4.12 Scanning Reception

max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)

2.4.13 Diagnosis

Transmit high frequency signal of DSC

NBDP FUNCTION (OPTION)

3.1

GENERAL

3.1.1

Communication mode ARQ, FEC, DIRC (FSK)

3.1.2

Protocol

ITU-R M625-3, M476-5, M490, M491-1, M492-6

ID code

4, 5, 9 column

Line cord

4B/3Y (Intl.)

Modulation

AFSK

Tone frequency

1615/1785Hz ± 0.5 Hz (mark/space)

Tracking range

±80 Hz

3.1.3

3.2

Applications
Auto-reception

Setting timer and frequency (max. 10 settings available)

Frequency scanning

10 group max., 20 station as each group

User-channels

100 channels max.

TERMINAL UNIT IB-581 (FS-1570/2570)

3.2.1 Display

9.5” monochrome LCD, 680 x 480 dots

3.2.2 CPU

ALI M6117 (33 MHz)

3.2.3 Memory

Flash ROM 2 MB, DRAM 2 MB

3.2.4 FD Drive

1.44MB 3.5”

3.2.5 Keyboard

82 keys, IBM PS/2

3.3 TERMINAL UNIT IB-583
3.3.1

Display

10.4” color TFT LCD, 640 x 480 dots

3.3.2

CPU

HD6417615 (15.5 MHz)

3.3.3

Memory

Flash ROM: 1 MB, S-RAM: 256 KB

3.3.4

FD drive

1.44MB 3.5”

3.3.5

Keyboard

82 keys, IBM PS/2

3.3.6

Other functions

Text editor, FD control, Printer, Remote control for Transceiver,
Diagnosis

SP - 4

E5656S01A-M
080414

FURUNO
4

FS-1570/2570/5070

ANTENNA COUPLER (FS-1570/2570)

4.1 Tuning System

CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system

4.2 Frequency Range

1.6 MHz to 27.5Hz

4.3 Input Impedance

50 ohms

4.4 Antenna

7m to 18m wire or whip antenna

4.5 Power Capability

150 W (FS-1570), 250 W (FS-2570)

4.6 VSWR

1.5 max

4.7 Tuning Speed

Within 15 s

4.8 Dummy Load

FS-1570: 10 ohms+250 pF/100W
FS-2570: 10 ohms+250 pF/200W

ANTENNA COUPLER (FS-5070)

5.1

Tuning system

CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system

5.2

Frequency range

1.6MHz to 29.9 MHz

5.3

Input impedance

50 ohm (viewed from transceiver)

5.4

Antenna

10 m to 18 m wire or whip antenna + wire

5.5

Pre-tuning power

10 W

5.6

VSWR

less than 1.5

5.7

Tuning time

0.2 to 2 seconds typical (within 2 to 15 seconds)

5.8

Antenna BK relay

Internal, optional supply

INTERFACE

6.1

Input data sentences

IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183-3)

Ship’s Position (L/L)

GGA>RMC>GLL

Time

ZDA

POWER SUPPLY

7.1

Transceiver/control unit FS-1570: 24 VDC, 0.8 A, max. 20A (TX)
FS-2570: 24 VDC, 1.5 A, max. 35A (TX)
FS-5070: 24 VDC, 3 A (RX), max. 35 A (TX)

7.2

Terminal unit

IB-581: 24VDC, 0.8 A
IB-583: 24 VDC: 0.6 A

7.3

Printer (PP-510)

7.4

AC/DC power supply unit

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

8.1

Ambient temperature

8.2

24 VDC: 1.5 A
100/110/115/220/230 VAC, 1Ø, 50/60Hz

Indoor units

-15°C to +55°C

Antenna coupler

-25°C to +55°C

Relative humidity

93% or less at 40°C

SP - 5

E5656S01A-M
080414

FURUNO
8.3

FS-1570/2570/5070

Degree of protection
Control unit

IPX2 (panel), IPX0 (chassis)

Transceiver/terminal unit IPX0
8.4

Antenna coupler

IPX5 (FS-1570/2570), IPX6 (FS-5070)

Bearing vibration

2 Hz-5Hz to 13.2 Hz: Amplitude: ±1 mm±10%
13.2 Hz to 100 Hz: Max. acceleration 7m/s2, fixed

COATING COLOR

9.1

Control/terminal unit

N3.0 (panel), 2.5GY5/1.5 (chassis)

9.2

Transceiver unit

2.5GY5/1.5

9.3

Antenna coupler

N9.5 (white)

SP - 6

E5656S01A-M
080414

INDEX
1/ RT/2182 key ............................................1-2
2/DSC key ...................................................1-1
4/Intcom key ................................................1-6
7/ key.......................................................1-4
8/PRINT key ..............................................6-19
9/
key .....................................................1-2
Channel selection ........................................2-2
Contrast .......................................................1-4
Control description.......................................1-1
Dimmer ........................................................1-4
Distress alert
receiving on either VHF channel 70 or MF
channel 2187.5 ........................................4-7
receiving on HF band ............................4-10
sending ....................................................4-2
Distress relay
on behalf of other ship, to area ships ....4-18
on behalf of other ship, to coast station 4-14
receiving ................................................4-21
to coast station on HF band ..................4-10
DSC frequency table ................................AP-3
Error messages .........................................11-4
Frequency selection ....................................2-3
Geographical area call
receiving ................................................5-18
sending ..................................................5-16
Group call
receiving ................................................5-14
sending ..................................................5-12
IA .................................................................2-4
IC .................................................................2-4
Individual call
manual acknowledge...............................5-9
Intercom.......................................................1-6
Key Assignment.........................................6-22
Log file
description .............................................5-36
opening ..................................................5-36
LOG/TUNE key..........................................5-36
Medical transport call
receiving ................................................5-23
sending ..................................................5-21
Menu tree .................................................AP-1

NBDP Terminal Unit
answerback code registration ................. 8-1
communications buffer........................ 10-10
edit menu [F2] ......................................... 7-7
file deleting .............................................. 9-8
file editing ................................................ 9-3
file menu [F1] .......................................... 7-6
file opening.............................................. 9-7
file renaming............................................ 9-7
file saving ................................................ 9-2
file saving under new name .................... 9-8
ID code registration................................. 8-2
macrofiles............................................ 10-10
manual calling ....................................... 10-1
menu overview ........................................ 7-4
operate menu [F3]................................... 7-8
printing..................................................... 9-8
scan channel group editing, deleting ...... 8-8
scan channel group registration.............. 8-7
station editing, deleting ........................... 8-4
station menu [F5] .................................. 7-10
station registration................................... 8-3
system menu [F6].................................. 7-11
timer program editing, deleting ............... 8-6
timer program registration....................... 8-5
user channel registration......................... 8-6
window menu [F4]................................... 7-9
NBDP Terminal Unit
ARQ mode ............................................ 10-3
FEC mode ............................................. 10-5
general test ........................................... 11-8
receive mode......................................... 10-5
scanning................................................ 10-9
terminal unit............................................. 7-1
timer operation ...................................... 10-8
tone test ................................................ 11-9
Neutral craft call
receiving................................................ 5-20
sending.................................................. 5-19
Polling call
receiving................................................ 5-24
Position call
other ship requests your position.......... 5-28
POWER knob.............................................. 1-2

IN-1
AP-1

Print out menu ...........................................6-19
PSTN call
charge information.................................5-35
receiving ................................................5-33
sending ..................................................5-30
RF ................................................................2-4
Scan frequency setup................................6-21
Send message call
test call...................................................6-10
Send message files
group call .................................................6-8
individual call ...........................................6-4

IIN-2

printing .................................................. 6-12
PSTN call ................................................ 6-9
Test call ..................................................... 11-6
Transmitter power ....................................... 2-4
Troubleshooting ........................................ 11-3
Tuning ......................................................... 2-3
USER CH menu.......................................... 2-8
User channels
deleting.................................................... 6-4
registering ............................................... 6-2
VC ............................................................... 2-4

9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya, 662-8580, Japan
Tel: +81 (798) 65-2111 Fax: +81 (798) 65-4200
www.furuno.co.jp

Publication No. DOC-1027

Declaration of Conformity

0560

We
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Manufacturer)

9-52 Ashihara-Cho, Nishinomiya City, 662-8580, Hyogo, Japan
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Address)

declare under our sole responsibility that the product
MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone Type FS-1570 consisting of Control unit FS-2570C/FS-2571C, Transceiver unit FS1570T, Handset/Bracket HS-2001/HS-2003/HCS701K-B20, Antenna coupler AT-1560-15, Incoming call indicator IC-303DSC, Telex distress alert button IC-302-DSC, Alarm unit IC-350, NBDP-controller monochrome display IB-581, NBDPcontroller color display IB-582/IB-583, Printer PP-510, Printer switch box IF-8500, Distress message controller DMC-5, 2.6
m active whip antenna for WKR FAX-5, External loudspeaker SEM-21Q and AC power supply PR-300/PR-850A

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Model name, type number)

to which this declaration relates conforms to the following standard(s) or normative document(s)
Standards
Test standards
IMO Resolutions MSC.36(63), A.694(17)
ETS 300 338: 1995-11, ETS 300 373: 1995-08,
IMO Resolutions MSC.68(68), A.806(19)
ETS 300 067 A1: 1998-11, EN 301 033 V1.1.1: 1998-08
IMO MSC Circular MSC/Circ.862
EN 60945: 1997-01, EN 61162-1: 2000-07
ITU-R Recommendations
M.1173, M.1082-1, M.821-1, M.493-10, M.493-11, M.493-12, M.541-8, M.541-9,
M.476-5, M491-1. M.492-6, M.625-3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(title and/or number and date of issue of the standard(s) or other normative document(s))

For assessment, see
• EC type-examination (Module B) certificate No: 02212010/AA/04 of 02 July 2008 issued by Telefication, The
Netherlands
• Product Quality System (Module D) certificate No. P 112 of 20 May 2005 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands
• Test report 98752230, 98752232 and 98752234 of 17 June 2002 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands
• Test reports FLI 12-02-019 of 20 May 2002, FLI 12-02-036 of 30 August 2002, FLI 12-08-014/Rev.A/FLI 12-08024/Rev.A of 11 June 2008 and FLI 12-08-028/FLI 12-08-030 of 30 June 2008 issued by Furuno Labotech
International Co., Ltd.

This declaration is issued according to the provisions of European Council Directive 96/98/EC on marine
equipment modified by Commission Directive 2002/75/EC.
On behalf of Furuno Electric Co., Ltd.

Nishinomiya City, Japan
July 9.2008
------------------------------------------------------

Hiroaki Komatsu
Manager,
International Rules and Regulations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Place and date of issue)

(name and signature or equivalent marking of authorized person)

9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya, 662-8580, Japan
Tel: +81 (798) 65-2111 Fax: +81 (798) 65-4200
www.furuno.co.jp

Publication No. DOC-1028

Declaration of Conformity

0560

We
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Manufacturer)

declare under our sole responsibility that the product
MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone Type FS-2570 consisting of Control unit FS-2570C/FS-2571C, Transceiver unit FS2570T, Handset/Bracket HS-2001/HS-2003/HCS701K-B20, Antenna coupler AT-1560-25, Incoming call indicator IC-303DSC, Telex distress alert button IC-302-DSC, Alarm unit IC-350, NBDP-controller monochrome display IB-581, NBDPcontroller color display IB-582/583, Printer PP-510, Printer switch box IF-8500, Distress message controller DMC-5, 2.6 m
active whip antenna for WKR FAX-5, External loudspeaker SEM-21Q and AC power supply PR-850A

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Model name, type number)

For assessment, see
• EC type-examination (Module B) certificate No: 02212010/AA/04 of 02 July 2008 issued by Telefication, The
Netherlands
• Product Quality System (Module D) certificate No. P 112 of 20 May 2005 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands
• Test report 98752231, 98752233 and 98752235 of 17 June 2002 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands
• Test reports FLI 12-02-019 of 20 May 2002 and FLI 12-02-036 of 30 August 2002, FLI 12-08-014/Rev.A/FLI 12-08024/Rev.A of 11 June 2008 and FLI 12-08-028/FLI 12-08-030 of 30 June 2008 issued by Furuno Labotech
International Co., Ltd.

This declaration is issued according to the provisions of European Council Directive 96/98/EC on marine
equipment modified by Commission Directive 2002/75/EC.
On behalf of Furuno Electric Co., Ltd.

Nishinomiya City, Japan
July 9, 2008
-----------------------------------------------------(Place and date of issue)

Hiroaki Komatsu
Manager,
International Rules and Regulations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------(name and signature or equivalent marking of authorized person)

9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya, 662-8580, Japan
Tel: +81 (798) 65-2111 Fax: +81 (798) 65-4200
www.furuno.co.jp

Publication N o.D O C -1029

Declaration of Conformity

0560

We
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Manufacturer)

declare under our sole responsibility that the product
H F/M F SSB R adiotelephone w ith integrated D SC and N BD P Type:FS-5070 consisting ofTransceiver unit
FS-5070T,C ontrolunitFS-2571C ,Antenna couplerAT-5000,H andset/BracketH S-2003,D istress alertunitIC 302-D SC ,R eceiving callunitIC -303-D SC ,Alarm unitIC -350,Term inalunitIB-583,Keyboard BTC -5100C ,
Interface IF-8500,Pre-am plifierFAX-5,ExternalloudspeakerSEM 21Q ,BK interface BK-300,PrinterPP-510,
AC pow ersupply PR -850A and Pow erstatus m onitorPSM -01
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Model name, type number)

to which this declaration relates conforms to the following standard(s) or normative document(s)
Standards
IMO Resolutions MSC.36(63), A.694(17)
IMO Resolutions MSC.68(68), A.806(19)
IMO MSC Circular MSC/Circ.862

Test standards
EN 300 338 V1.2.1: 1999-04, EN 300 373-1 V1.2.1: 2002-10
ETS 300 067: 1990-11, ETS 300 067/A1: 1993-11
EN 301 033 V1.1.1: 1998-08
EN 60945: 2002-10, EN 61162-1: 2000-07
ITU-R Recommendations
M.1173, M.1082-1, M.821-1, M.493-10, M.493-11, M.493-12, M.541-8, M.541-9,
M.476-5, M491-1. M.492-6, M.625-3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(title and/or number and date of issue of the standard(s) or other normative document(s))

For assessment, see
• EC type-examination (Module B) certificate No: 06212004/AA/01 of 02 July 2008 issued by Telefication, The
Netherlands
• Product Quality System (Module D) certificate No. P 112 of 20 May 2005 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands
• Test report 98752231, 98752233 and 98752235 of 17 June 2002 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands
• Test reports FLI 12-02-019 of 20 May 2002 and FLI 12-02-036 of 30 August 2002, FLI 12-08-014/Rev.A/FLI 12-08024/Rev.A of 11 June 2008 and FLI 12-08-028/FLI 12-08-030 of 30 June 2008 issued by Furuno Labotech
International Co., Ltd.

This declaration is issued according to the provisions of European Council Directive 96/98/EC on marine
equipment modified by Commission Directive 2002/75/EC.
On behalf of Furuno Electric Co., Ltd.

Nishinomiya City, Japan
July 9, 2008
------------------------------------------------------

Hiroaki Komatsu
Manager,
International Rules and Regulations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Place and date of issue)

(name and signature or equivalent marking of authorized person)

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-20:48:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Modify Date                     : 2009:07:10 17:24:40+09:00
Create Date                     : 2008:03:18 16:35:09+09:00
Metadata Date                   : 2009:07:10 17:24:40+09:00
Document ID                     : uuid:1251cfa1-32b8-4098-bb3e-23b66198cf8a
Instance ID                     : uuid:b4f379b2-9a9e-4251-9dd0-d7427c6a7776
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : untitled
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 219

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Furuno FS 5070 User Manual To The D4fda90d B542 46d3 89c2 1694d2dcc6c1

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation